thermo scientific thermoflextm

136
Visit our Web site at: http://www.thermoscientific.com/tc Product Service Information, Applications Notes, MSDS Forms, e-mail. Voice Info: (800) 258-0830 Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex TM Recirculating Chillers (Basic Controller) Thermo Scientific Manual P/N U00933 Rev. 01/03/2013 Installation Operation Basic Maintenance

Upload: others

Post on 28-Jan-2022

26 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Visit our Web site at:

http://www.thermoscientific.com/tcProduct Service Information, Applications Notes, MSDS Forms, e-mail.

Voice Info: (800) 258-0830

Thermo Scientific ThermoFlexTM Recirculating Chillers (Basic Controller)

Thermo Scientific Manual P/N U00933 Rev. 01/03/2013

Installation

Operation

Basic Maintenance

Visit our Web site at:

http://www.thermoscientific.com/tcProduct Service Information, Applications Notes, MSDS Forms, e-mail.

Voice Info: (800) 258-0830

Thermo ScientificThermoFlexTM

Recirculating Chillers (Basic Controller)Thermo Scientific Manual P/N U00933 Rev. 01/03/2013

Installation Operation

Basic Maintenance

Label 1

Label 2

Thermo Fisher Scientific

25 Nimble Hill RoadNewington, NH 03801Tel : (800) 258-0830 or(603) 436-9444Fax : (603) 436-8411www.thermoscientific.com/tc

Sales, Service, and Customer Support

25 Nimble Hill RoadNewington, NH 03801Tel: (800) 258-0830 Sales: 8:00 am to 5:00 pmService and Support: 8:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday through Friday (Eastern Time)Fax: (603) [email protected]

Dieselstrasse 4 D-76227 Karlsruhe, Germany Tel : +49 (0) 721 4094 444 Fax : +49 (0) 721 4094 [email protected]

Building 6, No. 27Xin Jinqiao Rd., Shanghai 201206Tel : +86(21) 68654588Fax : +86(21) [email protected]

Ion Path, Road Three, Winsford, Cheshire, CW73GA, United KingdomPhone: +44 (0)8706 099254Fax: +44 (0)1606 548103

Statement of Copyright Copyright © 2013 Thermo Fisher Scientific. All rights reserved. This manual is copyrighted by Thermo Fisher Scientific. Users are forbidden to reproduce, republish, redistribute, or resell any materials from this manual in either machine-readable form or any other form.

ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Contents

Quick Start

Preface .................................................................................................................................i Compliance ..............................................................................................................i WEEE .....................................................................................................................i After-Sale Support .................................................................................................ii Unpacking ...............................................................................................................ii Warranty ..................................................................................................................ii Feedback ..................................................................................................................ii

Section 1 Safety ..................................................................................1-1 Warnings ..............................................................................................................1-1

Section 2 General Information .............................................................2-1 Description .........................................................................................................2-1 Specifications ......................................................................................................2-1

Section 3 Installation ...........................................................................3-1 Site Requirements ..............................................................................................3-1 Electrical Requirements ....................................................................................3-2 Hard Wire Installation .......................................................................................3-8 Plumbing Requirements ....................................................................................3-9 Process Fluid Requirements ...........................................................................3-11 Compatibility with Approved Fluids ............................................................3-12 Additional Fluid Information ........................................................................3-14 Process Water Quality and Standards ...........................................................3-14 Facility Water Quality - Standards and Recommendations (water-cooled chillers) ...................................................3-15 Facility Water Requirements (water-cooled chillers) ...................................3-17 Initial Filling .....................................................................................................3-18 Fluid Top Off ...................................................................................................3-19

Section 4 Operation .........................................................................................................4-1 Basic Controller ..................................................................................................4-1 Setup ....................................................................................................................4-2 Start Up ...............................................................................................................4-2 Controller Loops ................................................................................................4-4 Setpoint Loop .....................................................................................................4-5 Setup Loop ..........................................................................................................4-6 Shut Down ........................................................................................................4-12

ThermoFlex

Contents

Thermo Scientific

Section 5 Additional Options/Accessories ................................................5-1 AutoRefill .........................................................................................................5-1 Internal DI Cartridge ........................................................................................5-2 P1P2T1PumpPressureRelief Valve(InternalConfiguration) .............. 5-3 P1P2T1PumpPressureRelief Valve(ExternalConfiguration) ............. 5-4 Flow Control with Flow Readout ....................................................................5-5 P 1 P 2 T1 Pump Pressure Relief with Flow Readout .................................. 5-5 Anti Drainback ...................................................................................................5-6 SEMI ....................................................................................................................5-6 Other Accessories ............................................................................................5-10

Section 6 Preventive Maintenance............................................................................... 6-1 Preventive Maintenance Timer .......................................................................6-1 Fluid Bag Filter ...................................................................................................6-2 Fluid Diffuser .....................................................................................................6-2 Reservoir Cleaning .............................................................................................6-3 Fluid Maintenance .............................................................................................6-3 Condenser Filter .................................................................................................6-4 Chiller Surface ....................................................................................................6-5 Hoses ...................................................................................................................6-5 DI Filter (Optional) ..........................................................................................6-6 Testing the Safety Features ...............................................................................6-7 Diagnostic Loop ...............................................................................................6-7

Section 7 Troubleshooting .....................................................................7-1 Operational Error Codes ..................................................................................7-1 Checklist ............................................................................................................7-10 Verifying/Adjusting the Controller PID Values .........................................7-13

Section 8 Additional Information ............................................................8-1 Draining ...............................................................................................................8-1 Wetted Materials .................................................................................................8-3 Internal Process Fluid Temperature Sensor (rdt1) Calibration ................... 8-4 Process Fluid Pressure (P 1) Transducer Calibration ................................... 8-6 Optional Process Fluid Flow (FLo) Transducer Calibration ...................... 8-8 Clearing SEr1 Message ....................................................................................8-10 Shipment/Storage ............................................................................................8-10

Appendix A CountrySpecific230VAC,50Hz,1ØRequirements

Appendix B VoltageConfigurationInstructions

Appendix C Analog I/0 and Remote Sensor

Appendix D Serial Communications

Declaration of Conformity WARRANTY

MIN

LEVE

L

MA

XLE

VEL

Slo

wly

fill

rese

rvoi

r with

cle

an p

roce

ss fl

uid

(see

Tab

le 1

), ut

ilizi

ng s

ight

tube

for e

asy flu

id le

vel m

onito

ring.

Whe

n th

e re

ser-

voir

is fu

ll re

plac

e th

e re

serv

oir c

ap, h

and

tight

. Sin

ce th

e re

serv

oir

capa

city

may

be

smal

l com

pare

d to

you

r app

licat

ion

and

air m

ay

need

to b

e pu

rged

from

the

lines

, hav

e ex

tra c

oolin

g flu

id o

n ha

nd

to k

eep

the

syst

em to

pped

off

whe

n ex

tern

al c

ircul

atio

n is

sta

rted.

Pre

ss

.

The

cont

rolle

r will

dis

play

SEt

uP.

Not

e: If

the

unit

is e

quip

ped

with

a d

eion

izat

ion fil

ter c

artri

dge

refe

r to

the

man

ual,

Sec

tion

5, fo

r ins

talla

tion.

Plea

se s

ee re

vers

e si

de fo

r add

ition

al s

teps

.

Pul

l out

the

plas

tic s

hipp

ing

plug

s. R

emov

e th

e re

serv

oir c

ap b

y un

scre

win

g it

coun

ter-

cloc

kwis

e.

Ver

ify th

e ap

prop

riate

vol

tage

. For

uni

ts s

uppl

ied

with

a li

ne c

ord,

in

sert

fem

ale

end

of p

ower

cor

d in

to c

hille

r and

then

inse

rt m

ale

end

of p

ower

cor

d in

to p

ower

out

let.

(The

line

cor

d is

loca

ted

unde

r the

sh

ippi

ng c

rate

’s li

d. D

o no

t dis

card

the

lid

until

the

cord

is lo

cate

d.)

Con

nect

the

Ther

moF

lex

FA

CIL

ITY

OU

TLE

T (A

) to

your

faci

lity

wat

er re

turn

or d

rain

. C

onne

ct th

e Th

erm

oFle

x FA

CIL

ITY

INLE

T (B

) to

you

r fac

ility

wat

er s

uppl

y. E

nsur

e th

e co

nnec

tions

are

sea

led

and

secu

re.

Wha

t you

nee

d to

get

sta

rted

:• A

n ad

just

able

wre

nch

• Fac

ility

wat

er s

uppl

y an

d re

turn

(wat

er-c

oole

d un

its)

• App

ropr

iate

hos

e or

plu

mbi

ng• A

ppro

pria

te s

ize

clam

ps o

r con

nect

ion

type

• Tefl

on® T

ape

or a

ppro

pria

te s

eala

nt

Safe

ty P

reca

utio

ns:

The

unit

is d

esig

ned

for i

ndoo

r use

onl

y.

Nev

er p

lace

uni

t in

a lo

catio

n w

here

exc

essi

ve h

eat,

moi

stur

e, in

adeq

uate

ve

ntila

tion,

or c

orro

sive

mat

eria

ls a

re p

rese

nt.

Nev

er c

onne

ct p

roce

ss fl

uid

lines

to y

our f

acili

ty w

ater

sup

ply

or to

any

pr

essu

rized

liqu

id s

ourc

e.

If yo

ur u

nit i

s eq

uipp

ed w

ith a

pos

itive

dis

plac

emen

t pum

p (P

1 or

P2)

, en

sure

you

r app

licat

ion

plum

bing

line

s an

d fit

tings

are

rate

d to

with

stan

d a

min

imum

of 1

85 p

si.

Bef

ore

usin

g an

y flu

id o

r per

form

ing

mai

nten

ance

whe

re c

onta

ct w

ith th

e flu

id is

like

ly re

fer t

o th

e m

anuf

actu

rer’s

MS

DS

for h

andl

ing

prec

autio

ns.

For w

ater

-coo

led

units

onl

y.

See

Fig

ure

A.

See

Fig

ure

B.

See

Fig

ure

B.

See

Fig

ure

B.

See

Fig

ure

B.

See

Fig

ure

B.

See

Fig

ure

A.

See

Fig

ure

A.

Con

nect

the

Ther

moF

lex

PR

OC

ES

S O

UTL

ET

(A) t

o th

e flu

id in

let

on y

our a

pplic

atio

n. C

onne

ct th

e Th

erm

oFle

x P

RO

CE

SS

INLE

T (B

) to

the flu

id o

utle

t on

your

app

licat

ion.

Ens

ure

the

conn

ectio

ns a

re s

eale

d an

d se

cure

. For

air-

cool

ed u

nits

ski

p to

Ste

p 4.

For

The

rmoF

lex9

00 th

roug

h 10

000

units

, pla

ce th

e ci

rcui

t pr

otec

tor t

o th

e on

( I )

pos

ition

. The

con

trolle

r dis

play

will

indi

cate

a

serie

s of

scr

ollin

g ba

rs (

). T

he b

ars

will

scr

oll u

pwar

d in

dica

ting

the

unit

is in

itial

izin

g, th

is ta

kes

appr

oxim

atel

y 15

sec

-on

ds. F

or o

ther

uni

ts th

e ba

rs a

ppea

r whe

n po

wer

is s

uppl

ied

to

the

unit.

B

A

B

A

PRO

CES

SIN

LET

PRO

CES

SO

UTL

ET

FAC

ILIT

YIN

LET

FAC

ILIT

YO

UTL

ET

Not

e: B

e ca

refu

l not

to

fill

the

rese

rvoi

r ab

ove

MA

X L

EV

EL fil

l lin

e. T

his

will

resu

lt in

a

unit

over

flow

err

or

(O F

LO) w

hich

will

ca

use

the

unit

to s

hut

dow

n.

Ther

mo

Sci

entifi

c P

art N

umbe

r U00

945

Rev

. 11/

19/2

012

Not

e: T

herm

oFle

x900

-500

0 un

its e

quip

ped

with

the

Varia

ble

Volta

ge o

r Glo

bal V

olta

ge

optio

n ha

ve a

vol

tage

config

urat

ion

pane

l lo

cate

d be

hind

an

acce

ss p

anel

on

the

rear

of

the

unit.

Ref

er to

the

Volta

ge In

stru

ctio

n S

heet

shi

pped

with

the

unit,

or s

ee m

anua

l A

ppen

dix

B.

Not

e: F

or u

nits

requ

iring

har

d w

iring

see

S

ectio

n 3

in th

e m

anua

l.

Wat

er-c

oole

d un

its o

nly

FAC

ILIT

YIN

LET

FAC

ILIT

YO

UTL

ET

PRO

CES

SIN

LET

PRO

CES

SO

UTL

ET

Use

of a

ny fl

uid

not l

iste

d be

low

will

voi

d th

e m

anuf

actu

rer’s

war

rant

y.

Fi

ltere

d/S

ingl

e D

istil

led

Wat

er

D

eion

ized

wat

er (1

-3 MΩ

-cm

, com

pens

ated

)

0

– 75

% E

thyl

ene

Gly

col/W

ater

0

– 75

% P

ropy

lene

Gly

col/W

ater

Tabl

e 1

- Acc

epta

ble

Flui

ds:

Faci

lity

Wat

er C

onne

ctio

ns (F

NP

T)Th

erm

oFle

x140

0 - 5

000

Inle

t/Out

let ½

” cas

t bro

nze

Ther

moF

lex7

500

- 100

00 In

let/O

utle

t ¾” c

ast b

ronz

eTh

erm

oFle

x150

00 -

2400

0 In

let ¾

” cas

t bro

nze

Ther

moF

lex1

5000

- 24

000

Out

let ¾

” sta

inle

ss s

teel

Con

trolle

r S

ee S

tep

8.

Pow

er B

utto

n S

ee S

tep

8.

Inte

grat

ed F

unne

l S

ee S

tep

5.

Leve

l Ind

icat

or

See

Ste

p 5.

Figu

re A

Res

ervo

ir C

ap

See

Ste

p 4.

Pro

cess

Out

let -

S

ee S

teps

1 a

nd 2

.

Pro

cess

Out

let -

(T

herm

oFle

x900

-50

00 u

nits

with

PD

pu

mps

and

flow

tra

nsdu

cers

)

Circ

uit P

rote

ctor

S

ee S

tep

7.

Pow

er In

let f

or u

nits

no

t har

d-w

ired

See

Ste

p 6.

Pro

cess

Inle

t -S

ee S

teps

1 a

nd 2

.

Faci

lity

Inle

tS

ee S

teps

1 a

nd 3

.

Faci

lity

Out

let

See

Ste

ps 1

and

3.

Wat

er-c

oole

d un

its o

nly

Figu

re B

Figu

re B

is ty

pica

l.

Loca

tions

var

y w

ith u

nit s

ize

and

sele

cted

opt

ions

. The

labe

ls id

entif

y th

e ex

act l

ocat

ion.

Loca

tions

var

y w

ith

unit

size

and

sel

ecte

d op

tions

. The

la

bels

iden

tify

the

exac

t lo

catio

n.

Pro

cess

Flu

id C

onne

ctio

ns (F

NP

T)O

utle

t Th

erm

oFle

x900

- 10

000

P

1 P

2 T0

T 1

1/

2" c

ast b

ronz

eTh

erm

oFle

x350

0 - 5

000

P

3 P

4

3/4"

cas

t bro

nze

Ther

moF

lex7

500

- 240

00

P 3

P 5

T 5

1" w

roug

ht c

oppe

rIn

let -

Sam

e si

ze a

s ou

tlet

al

l uni

ts s

tain

less

ste

elS

uppl

ied

Ada

pter

sP

1 P

2 T0

T 1

1/

2" x

3/8

'' Pol

yeth

ylen

e an

d 1/

2" x

1/2

" Nyl

on

P 3

P 4

3/

4 M

PT

x 1/

2 ba

rb P

VC

P 3

P 5

T 5

1" M

PT

x 1"

Bar

b P

VC

and

1" M

PT

x 3/

4" B

arb

PV

C

MikeDu
Rectangle
mikedu
Rectangle

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n H

i t a

nd 4

2

• If d

esire

d, u

se

to a

djus

t the

val

ue

• Pre

ss

to s

eque

nce

to th

e ne

xt d

ispl

ay

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n Lo

t an

d 3

• If d

esire

d, u

se

to a

djus

t the

val

ue

• Pre

ss

Lo t

sets

the

fl uid

’s L

ow

Tem

pera

ture

Ala

rm L

imit.

Ran

ge: +

3°C

to +

42°C

Fact

ory

Def

ault:

3°C

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n H

i P1

and

the

defa

ult

• If d

esire

d, u

se

to a

djus

t the

val

ue

• Pre

ss

Hi P

1 se

ts th

e Pu

mp’

s H

igh

Pres

sure

Dis

char

ge A

larm

Lim

it.

Ran

ge: V

arie

s by

pum

pFa

ctor

y D

efau

lt: V

arie

s by

pum

p

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n dE

LAY

and

0

• If d

esire

d, u

se

to a

djus

t th

e va

lue

• Pre

ss

dELA

Y is

the

leng

th o

f tim

e th

e pu

mp

can

exce

ed th

e H

i P1

Ala

rm L

imit

befo

re s

hutti

ng d

own.

Ran

ge: V

arie

s by

pum

pFa

ctor

y D

efau

lt: 0

sec

onds

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n Lo

P1

and

the

defa

ult

• If d

esire

d, u

se

to a

djus

t the

def

ault

• Pre

ss

Lo P

1 se

ts th

e Pu

mp’

s Lo

w

Pres

sure

Dis

char

ge A

larm

Li

mit.

Ran

ge: V

arie

s by

pum

pFa

ctor

y D

efau

lt: V

arie

s by

pum

p

dELA

Y is

the

leng

th o

f tim

e th

e pu

mp

can

exce

ed th

e Lo

P1

Ala

rm L

imit

befo

re s

hutti

ng d

own.

Ran

ge: 0

to 3

0 se

cond

sFa

ctor

y D

efau

lt: 1

0 se

cond

s

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n dE

LAY

and

10

• If d

esire

d, u

se

to a

djus

t the

val

ue

• Pre

ss

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n A

Lr a

nd fL

t

• If d

esire

d, p

ress

to

dis

play

indC

• Pre

ss

Turn

s th

e un

it’s

audi

ble

alar

m

on o

r off.

Ran

ge: o

n or

OFF

Fact

ory

Def

ault:

on

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n So

und

and

on

• If d

esire

d, p

ress

to

dis

play

OFF

• Pre

ss

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n St

Art

and

OFF

• If d

esire

d, p

ress

to

dis

play

on

• Pre

ss

StA

rt e

nabl

es/d

isab

les

auto

re

star

t.

Ran

ge: o

n or

OFF

Fact

ory

Def

ault:

OFF

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n C

ArE

and

L1

• If d

esire

d, u

se

to c

hang

e di

spla

y to

off,

L2

or L

3

• Pre

ss

CA

rE is

use

d to

set

the

prev

enta

tive

care

cle

anin

g fr

eque

ncy

rem

inde

r for

th

e un

it’s

air a

nd fl

uid

fi lte

rs.

Ran

ge: o

ff, L

1 - 1

000

hour

s,

L2 -

2000

hou

rs, L

3 -3

000

hour

sFa

ctor

y D

efau

lt: L

1

• P

ress

to

sav

e al

l set

tings

Th

e un

it w

ill a

utom

atic

ally

sta

rt.

• P

ress

to

dis

rega

rd a

ll ch

ange

s an

d re

stor

e th

e fa

ctor

y de

faul

t val

ues.

Th

e di

spla

y w

ill g

o bl

ank.

The

Setu

p pr

oced

ure

is n

ow c

ompl

ete.

Whe

n th

e un

it st

arts

the

cont

rolle

r will

di

spla

y th

e pr

oces

s fl u

id te

mpe

ratu

re.

If de

sire

d, y

ou c

an c

hang

e/ve

rify

the

unit’

s se

tpoi

nt b

y pr

essi

ng

.

SP is

use

d to

adj

ust t

he s

etpo

int.

Ran

ge: +

5°C

to +

40°C

Fact

ory

Def

ault:

+20

°C

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n SP

and

20

• If d

esire

d, u

se

to c

hang

e th

e se

tting

• Pre

ss

to s

ave

the

new

set

poin

t and

retu

rn to

the

tem

pera

ture

dis

play

If ap

plic

able

, see

box

es o

n rig

ht to

set

up

optio

ns. F

or u

nits

with

Ana

log

I/O (A

CO

M) r

efer

to th

e ad

ditio

nal

quic

k st

art s

uppl

ied

with

you

r uni

t.

Qui

ck S

tart

- U

sed

for I

nitia

l Sta

rt U

p O

nly

— p

erfo

rm s

teps

9 to

20

for a

ll un

its.

** fL

t = fa

ult (

shut

dow

n)**

indC

= in

dica

te (c

ontin

ue to

run)

Hi t

set

s th

e fl u

id’s

Hig

h Te

mpe

ratu

re A

larm

Lim

it.

Ran

ge: +

3°C

to +

42°C

Fact

ory

Def

ault:

+42

°C• P

ress

• T

he d

ispl

ay w

ill fl

ash

betw

een

Uni

tS a

nd °C

• If d

esire

d, u

se

to c

hang

e th

e sc

ale

to °

F

• Pre

ss

to s

eque

nce

to th

e ne

xt d

ispl

ay

• Do

the

sam

e fo

r Flo

w a

nd P

ress

ure

scal

es

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n u

id a

nd 1

• If d

esire

d, u

se

to c

hang

e th

e se

tting

• Pre

ss

HiF

LO s

ets

the

high

fl ow

ala

rm

limit.

Ran

ge: V

arie

s by

pum

pFa

ctor

y D

efau

lt: V

arie

s by

pum

p

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n H

iFLO

and

the

defa

ult

• If d

esire

d, u

se

to a

djus

t the

val

ue

• Pre

ss

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n Lo

FLO

and

the

defa

ult

• If d

esire

d, u

se

to a

djus

t the

val

ue

• Pre

ss

LoFL

O s

ets

the

low

fl ow

ala

rm

limit.

Ran

ge: V

arie

s by

pum

pFa

ctor

y D

efau

lt: V

arie

s by

pum

p

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n St

oP a

nd 1

• If d

esire

d, u

se

to c

hang

e th

e se

tting

• Pre

ss

StoP

is u

sed

to in

dica

te th

e nu

mbe

r of s

top

bits

.

Ran

ge: 2

or 1

Fact

ory

Def

ault:

1

u id

(uni

t id)

is u

sed

in R

S485

on

ly. I

dent

ifi es

dev

ices

con

nect

ed

to th

e R

S485

por

t.

Ran

ge: 1

to 9

9Fa

ctor

y D

efau

lt: 1

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n SE

r and

OFF

• If d

esire

d, u

se

to c

hang

e th

e m

ode

• Pre

ss

SEr i

s us

ed to

ena

ble/

disa

ble

and

to c

onfi g

ure

seria

l co

mm

unic

atio

ns m

ode.

Ran

ge: o

ff, rS

232,

rS48

5Fa

ctor

y D

efau

lt: o

ff• P

ress

• T

he d

ispl

ay w

ill fl

ash

betw

een

BA

ud a

nd 9

600

• If

desi

red,

use

to

cha

nge

the

rate

• Pre

ss

BA

ud is

use

d to

sel

ect t

he

baud

rate

(spe

ed) f

or s

eria

l co

mm

unic

atio

n.

Ran

ge: 9

600,

480

0, 2

400,

120

0,

600,

or 3

00 b

its p

er s

econ

d.

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n dA

tA a

nd 8

• Pre

ss

dAtA

is u

sed

to d

ispl

ay th

e nu

mbe

r of b

its.

Dis

play

: 8

• Pre

ss

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n PA

r and

non

e•

If de

sire

d, u

se

to c

hang

e th

e se

tting

• Pre

ss

PAr i

s us

ed a

s a

mea

ns to

che

ck

for c

omm

unic

atio

n er

rors

.

Ran

ge: e

ven,

odd

, or n

one

Fact

ory

Def

ault:

non

e

Opt

ion

- Flo

w T

rans

duce

r — S

teps

B a

nd C

If yo

ur u

nit d

oes

not h

ave

seria

l com

mun

icat

ions

see

St

ep 2

0.

See

Step

20.

Opt

ion

- Ser

ial C

omm

unic

atio

ns (D

CO

M) —

Ste

ps D

to I

Uni

tS a

re th

e te

mpe

ratu

re, fl

uid

fl o

w (o

ptio

nal)

and

pres

sure

sc

ales

.

Scal

es:

°C/°F

GPM

/LPM

PS

I/Bar

/KPA

S• P

ress

• The

dis

play

will

fl as

h be

twee

n H

Z an

d 60

• If n

eede

d, u

se

to c

hang

e th

e fre

quen

cy

• Pre

ss

If yo

ur u

nit d

oes

not h

ave

a fl o

w

tran

sduc

er o

r ser

ial c

omm

unic

atio

ns

see

Step

20.

Opt

ion

- Vol

tage

— S

tep

A

HZ

is u

sed

to id

entif

y th

e in

com

ing

freq

uenc

y fo

r un

its w

ith P

3 - P

5 pu

mps

and

var

iabl

e vo

ltage

ca

pabi

lity.

The

sel

ecte

d fr

eque

ncy

auto

mat

ical

ly

adju

sts

the

fi rm

war

e's

fi xed

hig

h pr

essu

re

defa

ult s

ettin

g.

II

Pre

ss

to c

ontin

ue th

e se

tup

proc

edur

e.

NO

TE: S

ome

rang

es/d

efau

lts a

re p

ump

depe

nden

t, se

e S

ectio

n 4

in th

e m

anua

l. O

nce

any

Set

up s

tep

is c

ompl

eted

, mea

n-in

g yo

u pr

esse

d th

e

key

a s

econ

d tim

e, y

ou c

an n

ot re

peat

the

step

to m

ake

corr

ectio

ns. Y

ou c

an m

ake

chan

ges

afte

r th

e un

it is

sta

rted.

NO

TE T

his

feat

ure

is a

ctiv

e on

ly if

the

unit

is

confi

gur

ed to

shu

t dow

n, s

ee S

tep

16.

NO

TE T

his

feat

ure

is a

ctiv

e on

ly if

the

unit

is

confi

gur

ed to

shu

t dow

n, s

ee S

tep

16.

ALr

con

fi gur

es th

e un

it’s

reac

tion

to te

mpe

ratu

re, p

ress

ure,

and

fl ow

(o

ptio

nal)

alar

m li

mits

- ei

ther

shu

t do

wn

(fLt)

or c

ontin

ue to

run

(indC

). Se

e Se

ctio

n 4

in th

e m

anua

l for

mor

e in

form

atio

n.R

ange

: fLt

* or i

ndC

**Fa

ctor

y D

efau

lt: fL

t

MikeDu
Rectangle

MIN

FÜLL

STA

ND

MA

XFÜ

LLST

AN

D

Bef

üllen

Sie

den

Behä

lter l

angs

am m

it sau

bere

r Pro

zess

flüss

igkeit

(sieh

e Ta

belle

1) u

nd ko

ntro

lliere

n Si

e de

n Fü

llsta

nd ü

ber d

ie Fü

llsta

ndsa

nzeig

e. W

enn

der B

ehält

er vo

ll ist,

schr

aube

n Si

e die

Beh

älter

kapp

e ha

ndfe

st au

f. Da

mög

-lic

herw

eise

die K

apaz

ität d

es B

ehält

ers i

m V

ergle

ich zu

Ihre

r App

likat

ion e

her

gerin

g ist

und

Luf

t aus

den

Leit

unge

n ge

spült

wer

den

mus

s, ha

lten

Sie

weite

re

Kühlfl

üssig

keit z

um N

achf

üllen

ber

eit, w

enn

der e

xtern

e Kr

eislau

f ges

tarte

t wird

.

Drü

cken

Sie

.

Die

Ste

ueru

ng z

eigt

SEt

uP a

n.

Hin

wei

s: F

alls

das

Ger

ät m

it ei

ner D

eion

isie

rung

s-Fi

lterk

artu

sche

aus

gest

atte

t ist

, find

en S

ie H

inw

eise

zum

E

inse

tzen

in A

bsch

nitt

5 de

s H

andb

uchs

.W

eite

re S

chrit

te s

iehe

Rüc

ksei

te.

Zieh

en S

ie d

ie K

unst

stof

f-Ver

sand

stop

fen

hera

us.

Pro

zess

ausl

ass

- S

iehe

Sch

ritte

1 u

nd 2

.

Proz

essa

usla

ss -

(The

rmoF

lex9

00-5

000

Ger

äte

mit

Verd

räng

er-

pum

pen

und

Durc

h-flu

ss-M

essu

mfo

rmer

n)

Sieh

e Sc

hritt

e 1

und

2.

Net

zsch

alte

r S

iehe

Sch

ritt 7

.

Stro

mve

rsor

gung

für

Ger

äte

mit

orts

verä

nder

-lic

hem

Ans

chlu

ss.

Sie

he S

chrit

t 6.

Pro

zess

einl

ass

-S

iehe

Sch

ritte

1

und

2.

Abb

ildun

g B

ist e

ine

Bei

spie

labb

ildun

g.

Die

Ans

chlu

ssst

elle

n va

riier

en je

nac

h G

erät

egrö

ße u

nd g

ewäh

lten

Opt

ione

n.

Sch

raub

en S

ie d

ie B

ehäl

terk

appe

ent

gege

n de

m U

hr-

zeig

ersi

nn a

b.

Kon

trollie

ren

Sie,

das

s di

e ko

rrekt

e Sp

annu

ng e

inge

stel

lt ist

. St

ecke

n Si

e be

i Ger

äten

mit

Stro

mka

bel z

unäc

hst d

as g

erät

esei

tige

Ende

in

das

Küh

lger

ät u

nd a

nsch

ließe

nd d

en S

teck

er in

ein

e St

eckd

ose.

(Das

St

rom

kabe

l befi

ndet

sich

unt

er d

em D

ecke

l der

Tr

ansp

ortk

iste.

Wer

fen

Sie

den

Dec

kel n

icht w

eg,

bevo

r Sie

das

Stro

mka

bel g

efun

den

habe

n.)

Verb

inden

Sie

den

Ther

moF

lex

KÜH

LWAS

SER

LEIT

UN

GSA

USL

ASS

(A) m

it Ih

rem

Was

serrü

ckla

uf o

der -

abflu

ss. V

erbi

nden

Sie

den

The

rmoF

lex

KÜH

LWAS

SER

LEIT

UN

GSE

INLA

SS (B

) mit

Ihre

r Was

serle

itung

. Ü

berp

rüfe

n Si

e, d

ass

die

Verb

indu

ngen

dic

ht u

nd g

esic

hert

sind

.

P (

Küh

lwas

ser-

le

itung

sein

lass

Sie

he S

chrit

te 1

und

3.

Küh

lwas

ser-

le

itung

saus

lass

Sieh

e Sc

hritt

e 1

und

3.

Nur

was

serg

eküh

lte

Ger

äte

Sie

benö

tigen

:• E

inen

ver

stel

lbar

en S

chra

uben

schl

üsse

l• L

eitu

ngsw

asse

rzu-

und

-abl

auf (

was

serg

eküh

lte G

erät

e)• P

asse

nde

Sch

läuc

he b

zw. L

eitu

ngen

• Pas

send

e K

lem

men

ode

r Ans

chlu

ssst

ücke

• Tefl

onba

nd® o

der g

eeig

nete

Dic

htun

gen

Nur

was

serg

eküh

lte G

erät

e

Sich

erhe

itsvo

rkeh

rung

en:

Das

Ger

ät d

arf n

ur in

ges

chlo

ssen

en R

äum

en b

etrie

ben

wer

den.

Ste

llen

Sie

das

Ger

ät n

iem

als

an O

rten

auf,

wo

es ü

berm

äßig

er H

itze,

Feu

chtig

keit,

un

zure

iche

nder

Bel

üftu

ng o

der k

orro

sive

n S

toffe

n au

sges

etzt

ist.

Sch

ließe

n S

ie n

iem

als

Pro

zess

flüss

igke

itsle

itung

en a

n di

e K

ühlw

asse

rver

sorg

ung

oder

an

eine

n A

nsch

luss

für u

nter

Dru

ck s

tehe

nde

Flüs

sigk

eite

n an

.

Falls

Ihr G

erät

mit

eine

r Ver

drän

gerp

umpe

aus

gest

atte

t ist

, ste

llen

Sie

sic

her,

dass

die

Lei

tung

en

und

Fitti

ngs

Ihre

r App

likat

ion

eine

m D

ruck

von

min

dest

ens

185

psi/c

a. 9

,8 b

ar s

tand

halte

n.

Bev

or S

ie F

lüss

igke

iten

eins

etze

n od

er e

ine

War

tung

dur

chfü

hren

, bei

den

en S

ie

mög

liche

rwei

se m

it Fl

üssi

gkei

ten

in B

erüh

rung

kom

men

, bea

chte

n S

ie d

ie im

S

iche

rhei

tsda

tenb

latt

des

Her

stel

lers

bes

chrie

bene

n Vo

rsic

htsm

aßna

hmen

.

Abb

ildun

g B

Nur f

ür w

asse

rgek

ühlte

G

erät

e .

Sie

he A

bbild

ung

A.

Sie

he A

bbild

ung

B.

Sie

he A

bbild

ung

B.

Sie

he A

bbild

ung

B.

Sie

he A

bbild

ung

B.

Sie

he A

bbild

ung

B.

Sie

he A

bbild

ung

A.

Sie

he A

bbild

ung

A.

Verb

inde

n S

ie d

en T

herm

oFle

x P

RO

ZES

SA

US

GA

NG

(A) m

it de

m

Flüs

sigk

eits

eing

ang

Ihre

r App

likat

ion.

Ver

bind

en S

ie d

en T

herm

oFle

x P

RO

ZES

SE

ING

AN

G (B

) mit

dem

Flü

ssig

keits

ausg

ang

Ihre

r App

likat

ion.

Ü

berp

rüfe

n S

ie, d

ass

die

Verb

indu

ngen

dic

ht u

nd g

esic

hert

sind

. Lu

ftgek

ühlte

Ger

äte:

Wei

ter m

it Sc

hritt

4.

Sch

alte

n S

ie d

en N

etzs

chal

ter a

uf E

in (I

). D

ie S

teue

rung

ze

igt e

ine

Rei

he la

ufen

der B

alke

n an

().

Die

Bal

ken

lauf

en

aufw

ärts

, um

anz

uzei

gen,

das

s da

s G

erät

initi

alis

iert

wird

. Die

ser

Vorg

ang

daue

rt ca

. 15

Sek

unde

n.

B

A

B

A

Ste

ueru

ng

Sie

he S

chrit

t 8.

Ein

/Aus

-Sch

alte

rS

iehe

Sch

ritt 8

.

Inte

grie

rter T

richt

erS

iehe

Sch

ritt 5

.

Fülls

tand

sanz

eige

Sie

he S

chrit

t 5.

Abb

ildun

g A

Beh

älte

rkap

peS

iehe

Sch

ritt 4

.

PRO

ZESS

-EI

NLA

SS

PRO

ZESS

-A

USL

ASS

WA

SSER

LEIT

UN

GEI

NLA

SS

WA

SSER

LEIT

UN

GA

USL

ASS

WA

SSER

LEIT

UN

GEI

NLA

SS

WA

SSER

LEIT

UN

GA

USL

ASS

PRO

ZESS

-EI

NLA

SS

PRO

ZESS

-A

USL

ASS

Hinw

eis:

Ach

ten

Sie

dara

uf, d

en B

ehäl

ter

nich

t übe

r die

Mar

kieru

ng

MAX

LEV

EL z

u be

fülle

n.

Dies

führ

t zu

eine

m

Über

lauf

-Feh

ler (

O

FLO

) und

som

it zu

ein

er

Absc

haltu

ng d

es G

erät

s.

Ans

chlü

sse

für P

roze

ssflü

ssig

keite

n (F

NP

T)A

usla

ss

Ther

moF

lex9

00 -

1000

0 P

1 P

2 T0

T1

1/2"

Gus

sbro

nze

Ther

moF

lex3

500

- 500

0 P

3 P

4 3/

4" G

ussb

ronz

eTh

erm

oFle

x750

0 - 2

4000

P3

P5

T 5

1" g

esch

mie

dete

s Ku

pfer

Ein

lass

- S

elbe

Grö

ße w

ie A

usla

ss

alle

Ger

äte

Ede

lsta

hl

Küh

lwas

serle

itung

sans

chlü

sse

(FN

PT)

Ther

moF

lex1

400

- 500

0 E

inla

ss/A

usla

ss

½” G

ussb

ronz

e Th

erm

oFle

x750

0 - 1

0000

Ein

lass

/Aus

lass

¾

” Gus

sbro

nze

Ther

moF

lex1

5000

- 24

000

Ein

lass

¾

” Gus

sbro

nze

Ther

moF

lex1

5000

- 24

000

Aus

lass

¾

” Ede

lsta

hl

Hin

wei

s: B

ei T

herm

oFle

x900

-500

0 G

erät

en

mit

der O

ptio

n Va

riabl

er S

pann

ungs

bere

ich

befin

det s

ich

hint

er e

iner

Abd

ecku

ng

auf d

er G

erät

erüc

ksei

te e

in B

edie

nfel

d zu

r Kon

figur

atio

n de

r Spa

nnun

g. S

iehe

be

igef

ügte

Anw

eisu

ng z

um E

inst

elle

n de

r S

pann

ung

oder

Anh

ang

B im

Han

dbuc

h.

Hinw

eis:

Für

Ger

äte,

bei

den

en e

in F

esta

nsch

luss

er

ford

erlic

h ist

, sie

he A

bsch

nitt

3 im

Han

dbuc

h.

Die

Ver

wen

dung

and

erer

Flü

ssig

keite

n al

s de

r na

chst

ehen

d au

fgef

ührte

n fü

hrt z

um V

erlu

st d

er

Her

stel

lerg

aran

tie.

G

efilte

rtes/

dest

illie

rtes

Was

ser

De

ionisi

erte

s Was

ser (

1-3

MO

hm-c

m, k

ompe

nsier

t)

0

– 75

% E

thyl

engl

ycol

/Was

ser

0

– 75

% P

ropy

leng

lyco

l/Was

ser

Tabe

lle 1

- Zu

läss

ige

Flüs

sigk

eite

n:

MikeDu
Rectangle
MikeDu
Rectangle

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en H

i t e

n42

• Geb

ruik,

indi

en g

ewen

st,

om d

e w

aard

e aa

n te

pas

sen

• Dru

k op

g om n

aar h

et v

olge

nde

disp

lay

te g

aan

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en L

o t e

n3

• Geb

ruik

, ind

ien

gew

enst

, om

de

waa

rde

aan

te p

asse

n

• Dru

k op

Met

Lo

t wor

dt d

e on

ders

te

alar

mlim

iet v

oor d

e te

mpe

ratu

ur

van

de v

loei

stof

inge

stel

d.

Ber

eik:

+3°

C to

t +42

°CFa

brie

ksst

anda

ard:

3°C

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

isplay

zal k

nippe

ren

tuss

en H

i P1

en d

e sta

ndaa

rdwa

arde

• Geb

ruik,

indie

n ge

wens

t, om

de

waar

de a

an te

pas

sen

• Dru

k op

g

Met

Hi P

1 w

ordt

de

bove

nste

al

arm

limie

t voo

r dru

kafv

oer v

an

de p

omp

inge

stel

d.B

erei

k: V

ersc

hilt

per p

omp

Fabr

ieks

stan

daar

d: V

ersc

hilt

per

pom

p• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en d

ELAY

en

0

• Geb

ruik

, ind

ien

gew

enst

, om

de

waa

rde

aan

te p

asse

n

• Dru

k op

dELA

Y is

de

tijds

duur

dat

de

pom

p de

H

i P1

Ala

rmlim

iet k

an o

vers

chrij

den

voor

hij

uits

chak

elt.

Ber

eik:

Ver

schi

lt pe

r pom

pFa

brie

ksst

anda

ard:

0 s

econ

den

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en L

o P1

en

de

stan

daar

dwaa

rde

• Geb

ruik

, ind

ien

gew

enst

, om

de

stan

daar

dwaa

rde

aan

te p

asse

n

• Dru

k op

Met

Lo

P1 w

ordt

de

onde

rste

al

arm

limie

t voo

r dru

kafv

oer v

an

de p

omp

inge

stel

d.B

erei

k: V

ersc

hilt

per p

omp

Fabr

ieks

stan

daar

d: V

ersc

hilt

per p

omp

dELA

Y is

de

tijds

duur

dat

de

pom

pde

Lo

P1 k

an o

vers

chrij

den

Ala

rmlim

iet v

oord

at h

et

uits

chak

elen

pla

atsv

indt

.

Ber

eik:

0 to

t 30

seco

nden

Fabr

ieks

stan

daar

d: 1

0 se

cond

en

• Het

dis

play

zal

kni

pper

en tu

ssen

dEL

AY e

n10

• Geb

ruik

, ind

ien

gew

enst

, om

de

waa

rde

aan

te

pass

en

• Dru

k op

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en A

Lren

fLt

• Dru

k, in

dien

gew

enst

, op

om

indC

wee

r te

geve

n

• Dru

k op

g

Zet h

et h

oorb

are

alar

m v

an d

e un

it aa

n of

uit.

Ber

eik:

aan

of U

ITFa

brie

ksst

anda

ard:

aan

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en S

ound

enaa

n

• Dru

k, in

dien

gew

enst

, op

om

OFF

wee

r te

gev

en

• Dru

k op

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en S

tArt

enU

IT

• Dru

k, in

dien

gew

enst

, op

om

aan

wee

r te

geve

n

• Dru

k op

StA

Rt s

chak

elt d

e au

to re

star

t in

en u

it.

Ber

eik:

aan

of U

ITFa

brie

ksst

anda

ard:

UIT

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en C

ArE

enL1

• Geb

ruik

, ind

ien

gew

enst

, om

het

dis

play

te

wijz

igen

in u

it, L

2 of

L3

• Dru

k op

CA

rEw

ordt

geb

ruik

t om

de

freq

uent

ie

van

de h

erin

nerin

g vo

or h

et p

reve

ntie

f sc

hoon

mak

en v

an d

e lu

cht-

en

vloe

isto

ffi lte

rs v

an d

e un

it in

te s

telle

n.B

erei

k: u

it, L

1 - 1

000

uur,

L2 -

2000

uur

, L3

-300

0 uu

rFa

brie

ksst

anda

ard:

L1

• D

ruk

op

om

alle

inst

ellin

gen

op te

sla

an

D

e un

it za

l aut

omat

isch

sta

rten

.•

Dru

k op

o

m a

lle w

ijzig

inge

n on

geda

an te

m

aken

en

de s

tand

aard

fabr

ieks

waa

rden

te h

erst

elle

n.

Het

dis

play

zal

bla

nco

zijn

.

D

ruk

op

om

de

proc

edur

e op

nieu

w te

sta

rten.

De

Setu

p-pr

oced

ure

is n

u vo

ltooi

d.

Als

de

unit

star

t, za

l de

best

urin

g de

tem

pera

tuur

va

n de

pro

cesv

loei

stof

wee

rgev

en.

Indi

en g

ewen

st k

unt u

het

set

poin

t van

de

unit

wijz

igen

/con

trol

eren

doo

r op

te d

rukk

en.

SP w

ordt

geb

ruik

t om

het

set

poin

t aa

n te

pas

sen.

Ber

eik:

+5°

C to

t +40

°CFa

brie

ksst

anda

ard:

+20

°C• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en S

P en

20• I

ndie

n ge

wen

st k

unt u

ge

brui

ken

om d

e in

stel

ling

te w

ijzig

en

• Dru

k op

o

m h

et n

ieuw

e se

tpoi

nt o

p te

sla

an e

n na

ar d

e te

mpe

ratu

urw

eerg

ave

teru

g te

ker

en

Raa

dple

eg, i

ndie

n va

n to

epas

sing

, de

kade

rs re

chts

voo

r het

inst

elle

n va

n de

opt

ies.

Raa

dple

eg v

oor u

nits

m

et A

nalo

og I/

O (A

CO

M) d

e ad

ditio

nele

qui

ck s

tart

die

bij

de u

nit i

s ge

leve

rd.

Qui

ck S

tart

- A

lleen

geb

ruik

t voo

r het

initi

eel o

psta

rten

- vo

er d

e st

appe

n 9

tot 2

0 ui

t voo

r alle

uni

ts.

**fL

t = fa

ult (

uits

chak

elen

)**

indC

= in

dica

te (i

n w

erki

ng b

lijve

n)

Met

Hi t

kan

de

Ala

rmlim

iet v

oor

hoge

tem

pera

tuur

voo

r de

vloe

isto

f w

orde

n in

gest

eld.

Ber

eik:

+3°

C to

t +42

°CFa

brie

ksst

anda

ard:

+42

°C• D

ruk

op

• Het

dis

play

zal

kni

pper

en tu

ssen

Uni

tSen

°C• G

ebru

ik, in

dien

gew

enst

, o

m d

e sc

haal

in °F

te v

eran

dere

n

• Dru

k op

g

om n

aar h

et v

olge

nde

disp

lay

te g

aan

• Doe

het

zelfd

e vo

or d

e sc

hale

n vo

or F

low

en

druk

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en u

id e

n1

• Ind

ien

gew

enst

kun

t u

gebr

uike

n om

de

inst

ellin

g te

wijz

igen

• Dru

k op

jg

Met

HiF

LO w

ordt

de

bove

nste

al

arm

limie

t voo

r de

fl ow

inge

stel

d.

Ber

eik:

Ver

schi

lt pe

r pom

pFa

brie

ksst

anda

ard:

Ver

schi

lt pe

r po

mp

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en H

iFLO

en d

e st

anda

ardw

aard

e• G

ebru

ik, in

dien

gew

enst

, om

de

waar

de a

an te

pas

sen

• Dru

k op

g

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en L

oFLO

en d

e st

anda

ardw

aard

e• G

ebru

ik, in

dien

gewe

nst,

om d

e wa

arde

aan

te p

asse

n

• Dru

k op

g

Met

LoF

LO w

ordt

de

onde

rste

al

arm

limie

t voo

r de

fl ow

inge

stel

d.

Ber

eik:

Ver

schi

lt pe

r pom

pFa

brie

ksst

anda

ard:

Ver

schi

lt pe

r po

mp

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en S

toP

en1

• Ind

ien

gew

enst

kun

t u

gebr

uike

n om

de

inst

ellin

g te

wijz

igen

• Dru

k op

jg

StoP

wor

dt g

ebru

ikt o

m h

et a

anta

l st

opbi

ts a

an te

gev

en.

Ber

eik:

2 o

f 1Fa

brie

ksst

anda

ard:

1

u id

(uni

t id)

wor

dt a

lleen

in R

S485

ge

brui

kt. I

dent

ifi ce

ert a

ppar

aten

die

op

de

RS4

85-p

oort

zijn

aan

gesl

oten

.

Ber

eik:

1 to

t 99

Fabr

ieks

stan

daar

d: 1

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en S

Eren

UIT

• Ind

ien

gew

enst

kun

t u

gebr

uike

n om

de

mod

us

te w

ijzig

en

• Dru

k op

SEr w

ordt

geb

ruik

t voo

r het

in

scha

kele

n/ui

tsch

akel

en e

n co

nfi g

urer

en v

an d

e se

riële

-co

mm

unic

atie

mod

usB

erei

k: u

it, rS

232,

rS48

5Fa

brie

ksst

anda

ard:

uit

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en B

Aud

en96

00• I

ndie

n ge

wen

st k

unt u

ge

brui

ken

om d

e sn

elhe

id te

wijz

igen

• Dru

k op

jg

BA

ud w

ordt

geb

ruik

t om

de

baud

rate

(sne

lhei

d) v

oor s

erië

le

com

mun

icat

ie te

kie

zen.

Ber

eik:

960

0, 4

800,

240

0, 1

200,

60

0 of

300

bits

per

sec

onde

.Fa

brie

ksst

anda

ard:

960

0

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en d

AtA

en

8

• Dru

k op

y

dAtA

wor

dt g

ebru

ikt o

m h

et

aant

al b

its w

eer t

e ge

ven.

Dis

play

: 8

• Dru

k op

• H

et d

ispl

ay z

al k

nipp

eren

tuss

en P

Ar e

nge

en• I

ndie

n ge

wen

st k

unt u

ge

brui

ken

om d

e in

stel

ling

te w

ijzig

en

• Dru

k op

jg

PAr w

ordt

geb

ruik

t als

een

mid

del

om o

p co

mm

unic

atie

fout

en te

co

ntro

lere

n.B

erei

k: e

ven,

one

ven

of g

een

Fabr

ieks

stan

daar

d: g

een

Opt

ie -

Volu

mes

troo

mom

zette

r - S

tapp

en B

en

C

Als

uw

uni

t gee

n se

riële

com

-m

unic

atie

hee

ft, z

ie s

tap

20.

Zie

stap

20.

Opt

ie -

Serië

le c

omm

unic

atie

(DC

OM

) - S

tapp

en D

tot I

Uni

tS z

ijn d

e sc

hale

n vo

or

tem

pera

tuur

, fl o

w v

an d

e vl

oeis

tof

(opt

ione

el) e

n dr

uk.

Scha

len:

°C

/°F

GPM

/LPM

PS

I/Bar

/KPA

SFa

brie

ksst

anda

ard:

°C, G

allo

ns, P

SI

• Dru

k op

• Het

dis

play

zal

kni

pper

en tu

ssen

HZ

en60

• Geb

ruik

, ind

ien

nodi

g,

om d

e fre

quen

tie te

w

ijzig

en

• Dru

k op

A

ls u

w u

nit g

een

volu

mes

troo

m-

omze

tter o

f ser

iële

com

mun

icat

ie

heef

t, zi

e st

ap 2

0.

Opt

ie -

Uni

vers

ele

span

ning

- St

ap A

HZ

wor

dt g

ebru

ikt o

m d

e bi

nnen

kom

ende

fr

eque

ntie

te id

entifi

cer

en v

oor u

nits

met

un

iver

sele

spa

nnin

g. D

e ge

sele

ctee

rde

freq

uent

ie

past

aut

omat

isch

de

vast

e st

anda

ardi

nste

lling

va

n de

fabr

ikan

t voo

r hog

e dr

uk a

an.

Ber

eik:

50

of 6

0 H

z St

anda

ard:

60

Hz

II

Dru

k op

om

naa

r de

setu

ppro

cedu

re te

gaa

n.

Let o

p: S

omm

ige

bere

iken/

stan

daar

dwaa

rden

zij

n af

hank

elijk

van

de

pom

p, z

ie h

oofd

stuk

4 in

de

hand

leid

ing.

Als

een

Setu

p-st

ap e

enm

aal is

vol

tooi

d,

wat b

etek

ent d

at u

de

toet

s ee

n tw

eede

maa

l he

bt in

gedr

ukt,

kunt

u d

e st

ap n

iet m

eer h

erha

len

om c

orre

ctie

s aa

n te

bre

ngen

. U k

unt w

ijzig

inge

n do

orvo

eren

nad

at d

e un

it is

gest

art.

LET

OP

Dez

e fu

nctie

is a

lleen

act

ief a

ls d

e un

it ge

confi

gur

eerd

is o

m u

it te

sch

akel

en, z

ie s

tap

16.

LET

OP

Dez

e fu

nctie

is a

lleen

act

ief a

ls d

e un

it ge

confi

gur

eerd

is o

m u

it te

sch

akel

en,

zie

stap

16.

ALr

con

fi gur

eert

de

reac

tie v

an

de u

nit o

p al

arm

limie

ten

voor

te

mpe

ratu

ur, d

ruk

en fl

ow (o

ptio

neel

) - o

fwel

uits

chak

elen

(fLt

) of i

n w

erki

ng

blijv

en (i

ndC

). Zi

e H

oofd

stuk

4 v

an d

e ha

ndle

idin

g vo

or m

eer i

nfor

mat

ie.

Ber

eik:

fLt*

of i

ndC

**Fa

brie

ksst

anda

ard:

fLt

MIN

IMU

MN

IVEA

U

MA

XIM

UM

NIV

EAU

Rem

plis

sez

lent

emen

t le

rése

rvoi

r ave

c du

liqu

ide

de tr

aite

men

t ap

prop

rié (v

oir l

e Ta

blea

u 1)

en

utili

sant

le re

gard

pou

r con

trôle

r fac

ilem

ent

le n

ivea

u de

liqu

ide.

Une

fois

le ré

serv

oir r

empl

i, re

met

tez

le b

ouch

on e

n le

se

rran

t à la

mai

n. L

a ca

paci

té d

u ré

serv

oir p

ouva

nt ê

tre ré

duite

par

rapp

ort

à l’a

pplic

atio

n, e

t l’a

ir de

vant

être

pur

gé d

es c

ondu

ites,

gar

dez

du li

quid

e su

pplé

men

taire

à p

orté

e de

la m

ain

pour

faire

le n

ivea

u du

sys

tèm

e un

e fo

is la

circ

ulat

ion

exte

rne

dém

arré

e.

App

uyez

sur

.

Le c

ontrô

leur

affi

che

SEtu

P.

Rem

arqu

e : S

i l’a

ppar

eil e

st é

quip

é d’

une

carto

uche

de fil

tre d

e dé

ioni

satio

n, c

onsu

ltez

le m

anue

l, S

ectio

n 5,

pou

r l’in

stal

latio

n.

Voir

au d

os le

s ét

apes

sup

plém

enta

ires.

Ret

irer l

es b

ouch

ons

d’ex

pédi

tion

en p

last

ique

.

Sor

tie F

luid

e du

The

rmo-

Flex

ver

s ap

plic

atio

nVo

ir le

s ét

apes

1 e

t 2.

Éva

cuat

ion

de tr

ai-

tem

ent -

(app

arei

ls

Ther

moF

lex9

00-

5000

ave

c po

mpe

s P

D e

t tra

nsdu

cteu

rs

de d

ébit)

Voi

r les

ét

apes

1 e

t 2.

Pro

tect

ion

de c

ircui

t Vo

ir l’é

tape

7.

Arr

ivée

éle

ctriq

ue p

our

les

appa

reils

san

s câ

blag

e m

atér

iel

Voir

l’éta

pe 6

.

Ret

our F

luid

e de

l’ap

plic

a-tio

n ve

rs le

The

rmoF

lex

Voir

les

étap

es 1

et 2

.La

Fig

ure

B e

st re

prés

enta

tive.

Le

s em

plac

emen

ts v

arie

nt e

n fo

nctio

n de

la ta

ille

de l’

appa

reil

et d

es o

ptio

ns c

hois

ies.

Dép

osez

le ré

serv

oir e

n le

dév

issa

nt d

ans

le s

ens

in-

vers

e au

x ai

guill

es d

’une

mon

tre.

Vér

ifiez

que

la te

nsio

n es

t cor

rect

e. P

our l

es a

ppar

eils

four

nis

avec

un

cor

don

d’al

imen

tatio

n, in

sére

z l’e

xtré

mité

fem

elle

de

ce d

erni

er d

ans

le re

froid

isse

ur, e

t l’e

xtré

mité

mâl

e da

ns la

pris

e él

ectri

que.

(Le

cord

on

d’al

imen

tatio

n se

trou

ve s

ous

le c

ouve

rcle

de

la c

aiss

e d’

expé

ditio

n. N

e je

tez

pas

le

couv

erte

ava

nt d

’avo

ir lo

calis

é le

cor

don.

Rac

cord

ez le

The

rmoF

lex

vers

ÉVA

CU

ATIO

N D

U S

ITE

(A)

à l’é

vacu

atio

n d’

eau

de v

otre

site

. Rac

cord

ez le

The

rmoF

lex

de

l’AR

RIV

ÉE

DU

SIT

E (B

) sur

l’ar

rivée

d’e

au d

e vo

tre s

ite. V

érifi

ez q

ue

les

racc

ords

son

t éta

nche

s et

sûr

s.

Arr

ivée

du

si

teVo

ir le

s ét

apes

1 e

t 3.

Éva

cuat

ion

du s

iteVo

ir le

s ét

apes

1 e

t 3.

App

arei

ls re

froid

is p

ar

eau

seul

emen

t.

Mat

érie

l néc

essa

ire p

our c

omm

erce

r :• U

ne c

lé à

mol

ette

• Alim

enta

tion

et é

vacu

atio

n d’

eau

du s

ite (p

our l

es a

ppar

eils

re

froid

is p

ar e

au)

• Tuy

au e

t acc

esso

ires

de p

lom

berie

app

ropr

iés

• Pin

ces

ou ty

pe d

e ra

ccor

d de

dim

ensi

on a

ppro

prié

e• R

uban

adh

ésif

au T

eflon

® o

u pr

odui

t éta

nché

ifian

t app

ropr

App

arei

ls re

froid

is p

ar e

au

seul

emen

t.

Préc

autio

ns d

e sé

curit

é :

L’ap

pare

il es

t con

çu p

our f

onct

ionn

er e

xclu

sive

men

t à l’

inté

rieur

.

Ne

jam

ais

l’exp

oser

à u

ne c

hale

ur o

u un

e hu

mid

ité e

xces

sive

, une

ve

ntila

tion

inad

équa

te o

u à

des

mat

ière

s co

rros

ives

.

Ne

jam

ais

racc

orde

r les

con

duite

s de

liqu

ide

de tr

aite

men

t à l’

arriv

ée

d’ea

u de

vot

re s

ite o

u à

une

sour

ce d

e liq

uide

sou

s pr

essi

on.

Si v

otre

app

arei

l est

équ

ipé

d’un

e po

mpe

à d

épla

cem

ent p

ositi

f, vé

rifiez

qu

e le

s co

ndui

tes

de p

lom

berie

et l

es ra

ccor

ds d

e vo

tre a

pplic

atio

n on

t la

capa

cité

de

supp

orte

r au

moi

ns 1

85 p

si.

Avan

t d’u

tilis

er u

n liq

uide

que

lcon

que

ou d

’effe

ctue

r des

trav

aux

d’en

tretie

n su

scep

tible

s d’

entra

îner

un

cont

act a

vec

le li

quid

e, c

onsu

ltez

les

reco

mm

anda

tions

de

sant

é-sé

curit

é du

fabr

ican

t.

Figu

re B

Uniq

uem

ent p

our l

es

appa

reils

refro

idis

par

eau

.

Voir

la F

igur

e A

.

Voir

la F

igur

e B

.Vo

ir la

Fig

ure

B.

Voir

la F

igur

e B

.

Voir

la F

igur

e B

.Vo

ir la

Fig

ure

B.

Voir

la F

igur

e A

.

Voir

la F

igur

e A

.

Rac

cord

ez l’

appl

icat

ion

: Sor

tie F

luid

e du

The

rmoF

lex

(A)

à l’a

rriv

ée d

e liq

uide

de

votre

app

licat

ion,

et l

e R

etou

r Flu

ide

de

l’app

licat

ion

du T

herm

oFle

x (B

) à l’

évac

uatio

n de

liqu

ide

de v

otre

ap

plic

atio

n. V

érifi

ez q

ue le

s ra

ccor

ds s

ont é

tanc

hes

et s

ûrs.

Pou

r les

ap

pare

ils re

froi

dis

par a

ir, p

asse

z à

l’éta

pe 4

.

Pla

cez

la p

rote

ctio

n de

circ

uit e

n po

sitio

n (I)

. L’a

ffich

age

du

cont

rôle

ur in

diqu

e un

e sé

rie d

e ba

rres

de

défil

emen

t ().

Les

barr

es d

éfile

nt v

ers

le h

aut,

indi

quan

t l’in

itial

isat

ion

de l’

appa

-re

il ; c

ette

opé

ratio

n pr

end

envi

ron

15 s

econ

des.

B

A

B

A

Con

trôle

ur

Voir

l’éta

pe 8

.

Bou

ton

d’al

imen

tatio

nVo

ir l’é

tape

8.

Ent

onno

ir in

tégr

éV o

ir l’é

tape

5.

Indi

cate

ur d

e ni

veau

Voir

l’éta

pe 5

.

Figu

re A

Bou

chon

de

rése

rvoi

rVo

ir l’é

tape

4.

Ret

our F

luid

e de

l’ap

plic

a-tio

n ve

rs le

The

rmoF

lex

Sort

ie F

luid

e du

The

rmo-

Flex

ver

s ap

plic

atio

n

AR

RIV

ÉE D

U S

ITE

ÉVA

CU

ATIO

N D

U S

ITE

AR

RIV

ÉE D

U S

ITE

ÉVA

CU

ATIO

N D

U S

ITE

Ret

our F

luid

e de

l’ap

plic

a-tio

n ve

rs le

The

rmoF

lex

Rem

arqu

e : V

eille

z à

ne p

as re

mpl

ir le

serv

oir a

u-de

ssus

de

la li

gne

MAX

LEV

EL

(NIV

EAU

MAX

I). C

ela

entra

îne

une

erre

ur

de d

ébor

dem

ent d

e l’a

ppar

eil (

O F

LO) q

ui

peut

pro

voqu

er s

on a

rrêt.

Rac

cord

emen

ts d

u flu

ide

de tr

aite

men

t (FN

PT)

Éva

cuat

ion

Ther

moF

lex9

00 -

1000

0 P

1 P

2 T0

T1

font

e de

bro

nze

1/2"

Ther

moF

lex3

500

- 500

0 P

3 P

4 fo

nte

de b

ronz

e 3/

4"Th

erm

oFle

x750

0 - 2

4000

P

3 P

5 T

5 cu

ivre

forg

é 1"

Arriv

ée -

taille

iden

tique

à l’é

vacu

atio

n to

us a

ppar

eils

en a

cier

Rem

arqu

e : L

es a

ppar

eils

The

rmoF

lex9

00-5

000

équi

pés

de l’o

ptio

n Te

nsio

n va

riabl

e ou

Ten

sion

gl

obal

e po

ssèd

ent u

n pa

nnea

u de

config

urat

ion

de la

tens

ion

situ

é de

rrièr

e un

e tra

ppe

d’ac

cès

à l’a

rrièr

e de

l’app

arei

l. C

onsu

ltez

la fi

che

d’in

stru

ctio

ns re

lativ

e à

la te

nsio

n liv

rée

avec

l’a

ppar

eil,

ou l’a

nnex

e B

du m

anue

l.R

emar

que

: Pou

r les

app

arei

ls e

xige

ant u

n câ

blag

e m

atér

iel,

cons

ulte

z la

Sec

tion

3 du

m

anue

l.

L’utili

satio

n d’

un q

uelco

nque

liqui

de n

e fig

uran

t pas

da

ns la

liste

ci-d

esso

us a

nnul

e la

gar

antie

du

fabr

icant

.

E

au fi

ltrée

/mon

o di

still

ée

E

au d

éion

isée

(1 à

3 MΩ

-cm

, com

pens

ée)

É

thyl

ène

glyc

ol/e

au 0

à 7

5 %

P

ropy

lène

gly

col/e

au 0

à 7

5 %

Tabl

eau

1 - L

iqui

des

acce

ptab

les

:

Rac

cord

emen

ts à

l’ea

u du

site

(FN

PT)

Ther

moF

lex1

400

- 500

0 A

rriv

ée/é

vacu

atio

n fo

nte

de b

ronz

e ½

” Th

erm

oFle

x750

0 - 1

0000

Arr

ivée

/éva

cuat

ion

font

e de

bro

nze

¾”

Ther

moF

lex1

5000

- 24

000

Arr

ivée

font

e de

bro

nze

½”

Ther

moF

lex1

5000

- 24

000

évac

uatio

n fo

nte

de a

cier

inox

ydab

le ¾

Gril

le a

mov

ible

Sort

ie F

luid

e du

The

rmo-

Flex

ver

s ap

plic

atio

n

MikeDu
Rectangle
MikeDu
Rectangle

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cl

igno

te e

n al

tern

ant H

i t e

t42

• Au

beso

in, u

tilis

ez

pour

mod

ifi er

la v

aleu

r

• App

uyez

sur

po

ur p

asse

r à l’

affi c

hage

sui

vant

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cl

igno

te e

n al

tern

ant L

o t e

t3• A

u be

soin

, util

isez

po

ur m

odifi

er la

val

eur

• App

uyez

sur

Lo t

règl

e la

lim

ite d

’ala

rme

de b

asse

te

mpé

ratu

re d

u liq

uide

.Pl

age

: +3°

C à

+42

°CR

égla

ge d

’usi

ne p

ar d

éfau

t : 3

°C

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cl

igno

te e

n al

tern

ant H

i P1

et la

val

eur p

ar d

éfau

t

• Au

beso

in, u

tilis

ez

pour

mod

ifi er

la v

aleu

r

• App

uyez

sur

Hi P

1 rè

gle

la li

mite

d’a

larm

e de

char

ge h

aute

pre

ssio

n de

la p

ompe

.Pl

age

: Var

ie e

n fo

nctio

n de

la p

ompe

Rég

lage

d’u

sine

par

déf

aut :

Var

ie e

n fo

nctio

n de

la p

ompe

• L’a

ffi ch

age

clig

note

en

alte

rnan

t dEL

AY e

t0

• Au

beso

in, u

tilis

ez

pour

mod

ifi er

la v

aleu

r

• App

uyez

sur

dELA

Y re

prés

ente

la d

urée

pen

dant

la

quel

le la

pom

pe p

eut d

épas

ser l

a va

leur

d’

alar

me

Hi P

1 av

ant l

’arr

êt.

Plag

e : V

arie

en

fonc

tion

de la

pom

peR

égla

ge d

’usi

ne p

ar d

éfau

t : 0

sec

onde

s

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cli

gnot

e en

alte

rnan

t Lo

P1 e

t la

vale

ur p

ar d

éfau

t

• Au

beso

in, u

tilis

ez

pour

aju

ster

la v

aleu

r par

déf

aut

• App

uyez

sur

Lo P

1 rè

gle

la li

mite

d’a

larm

e de

char

ge b

asse

pre

ssio

n de

la p

ompe

.Pl

age

: Var

ie e

n fo

nctio

n de

la p

ompe

Rég

lage

d’u

sine

par

déf

aut :

Var

ie

en fo

nctio

n de

la p

ompe

dELA

Y re

prés

ente

la d

urée

pen

dant

la

quel

le la

pom

pe p

eut d

épas

ser l

a va

leur

Lo

P1

Lim

ite d

’ala

rme

avan

t arr

êt.

Plag

e : 0

à 3

0 se

cond

esR

égla

ge d

’usi

ne p

ar d

éfau

t :

10 s

econ

des

• L’a

ffi ch

age

clig

note

en

alte

rnan

t dEL

AY e

t10

• Au

beso

in, u

tilis

ez

pour

mod

ifi er

la v

aleu

r

• App

uyez

sur

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cl

igno

te e

n al

tern

ant A

Lret

fLt

• Au

beso

in, a

ppuy

ez s

ur

pou

r affi

cher

indC

• App

uyez

sur

y

Act

ive

ou d

ésac

tive

le s

igna

l so

nore

d’a

larm

e de

l’ap

pare

il.Pl

age

: on

(mar

che)

ou

OFF

(AR

RÊT

)R

égla

ge d

’usi

ne p

ar d

éfau

t : o

n (m

arch

e)

• App

uyez

sur

(m

• L’a

ffi ch

age

clig

note

en

alte

rnan

t Sou

ndet

on (m

arch

e)• A

u be

soin

, app

uyez

sur

p

our a

ffi ch

er O

FF(A

RR

ÊT)

• App

uyez

sur

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cl

igno

te e

n al

tern

ant S

tArt

etO

FF (A

RR

ÊT)

• Au

beso

in, a

ppuy

ez s

ur

pou

r affi

cher

on

(mar

che)

• App

uyez

sur

StA

rt a

ctiv

e/dé

sact

ive

le

redé

mar

rage

aut

omat

ique

.Pl

age

: on

(mar

che)

ou

OFF

(AR

RÊT

)R

égla

ge d

’usi

ne p

ar d

éfau

t : O

FF

(AR

RÊT

)

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cl

igno

te e

n al

tern

ant C

ArE

etL1

• Au

beso

in, u

tilise

z po

ur m

odifi e

r l’a

ffi ch

age

sur a

rrêt,

L2 o

u L3

• App

uyez

sur

CA

rEse

rt à

défi

nir

le ra

ppel

de

netto

yage

d’

entr

etie

n pr

éven

tif p

our l

es fi

ltres

à a

ir et

à li

quid

e de

l’ap

pare

il.

Plag

e : o

ff, L

1 - 1

000

heur

es,

L2 -

2000

heu

res,

L3

-300

0 he

ures

Rég

lage

d’u

sine

par

déf

aut :

L1

• Ap

puye

z su

r p

our e

nreg

istre

r tou

s le

s ré

glag

es

L’

appa

reil

dém

arre

aut

omat

ique

men

t.•

Appu

yez

sur

pou

r ign

orer

tout

es le

s m

odifi

catio

ns e

t rét

ablir

les

vale

urs

par d

éfau

t d’u

sine

.

L’af

fi che

est

vid

e.

A

ppuy

ez s

ur

pou

r rec

omm

ence

r la

proc

édur

e

La p

rocé

dure

de

confi

gur

atio

n es

t dés

orm

ais

term

inée

.

Au

dém

arra

ge d

e l’a

ppar

eil,

le c

ontr

ôleu

r affi

che

la

tem

péra

ture

du

liqui

de d

e l’a

pplic

atio

n.

Au

beso

in, v

ous

pouv

ez c

hang

er/v

érifi

er la

val

eur

de c

onsi

gne

de l’

appa

reil

en a

ppuy

ant s

ur

.

SP s

ert à

régl

er la

val

eur d

e co

nsig

ne.

Plag

e : +

5°C

à +

40°C

Rég

lage

d’u

sine

par

déf

aut :

+20

°C

• L’a

ffi ch

age

clig

note

en

alte

rnan

t SP

et20

• Au

beso

in, u

tilis

ez

pour

mod

ifi er

le ré

glag

e

• App

uyez

sur

p

our e

nreg

istre

r la

nouv

elle

val

eur d

e co

nsig

ne e

t rev

enir

à l’a

ffi ch

age

de la

tem

péra

ture

S’il

y a

lieu,

con

sulte

z le

s ca

dres

de

droi

te p

our d

éfi n

ir de

s op

tions

. Pou

r les

app

arei

ls I/

O a

nalo

giqu

es

(AC

OM

) con

sulte

z la

doc

umen

tatio

n de

dém

arra

ge ra

pide

sup

plém

enta

ire fo

urni

e av

ec l’

appa

reil.

Dém

arra

ge ra

pide

- N

e se

rt q

ue p

our l

e pr

emie

r dém

arra

ge -

effe

ctue

r les

éta

pes

9 à

20 p

our t

oute

s le

s un

ités.

** fL

t = e

rreu

r (ar

rêt)

** in

dC =

indi

quer

(pou

rsui

te d

e l’e

xécu

tion)

Hi t

règl

e la

lim

ite d

’ala

rme

de h

aute

te

mpé

ratu

redu

liqu

ide.

Plag

e : +

3°C

à +

42°C

Rég

lage

d’u

sine

par

déf

aut :

+42

°C

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cl

igno

te e

n al

tern

ant U

nits

(uni

tés)

et°C

• Au

beso

in, u

tilis

ez

pou

r pas

ser à

un

affi c

hage

en

°F

• App

uyez

sur

po

ur p

asse

r à l’

affi c

hage

sui

vant

• Pro

céde

z de

la m

ême

faço

n po

ur le

s éc

helle

s de

déb

it et

de

pres

sion

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cl

igno

te e

n al

tern

ant u

id e

t1• A

u be

soin

, util

isez

po

ur m

odifi

er le

régl

age

• App

uyez

sur

HiF

LO d

éfi n

it la

lim

ite d

’ala

rme

de

débi

t éle

vé.

Plag

e : V

arie

en

fonc

tion

de la

pom

peR

égla

ge d

’usi

ne p

ar d

éfau

t : V

arie

en

fonc

tion

de la

pom

pe

• App

uyez

sur

f

• L’a

ffi ch

age

clig

note

en

alte

rnan

tHiF

LO e

t la

vale

ur p

ar d

éfau

t

• Au

beso

in, u

tilis

ez

pour

mod

ifi er

la v

aleu

r

• App

uyez

sur

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cl

igno

te e

n al

tern

antL

oFLO

et l

a va

leur

par

déf

aut

• Au

beso

in, u

tilis

ez

pour

mod

ifi er

la v

aleu

r

• App

uyez

sur

LoFL

O d

éfi n

it la

lim

ite d

’ala

rme

de

faib

le d

ébit.

Pl

age

: Var

ie e

n fo

nctio

n de

la p

ompe

Rég

lage

d’u

sine

par

déf

aut :

Var

ie e

n fo

nctio

n de

la p

ompe

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cl

igno

te e

n al

tern

ant S

toP

et1

• Au

beso

in, u

tilis

ez

pour

mod

ifi er

le ré

glag

e

• App

uyez

sur

StoP

ser

t à in

diqu

er le

nom

bre

de b

its

d’ar

rêt.

Plag

e : 2

ou

1R

égla

ge d

’usi

ne p

ar d

éfau

t : 1

u id

(ide

ntifi

catio

n de

l’ap

pare

il) s

ert

uniq

uem

ent e

n R

S485

. Ide

ntifi

e le

s ap

pare

ils ra

ccor

dés

au p

ort R

S485

.

Plag

e : 1

à 9

9R

égla

ge d

’usi

ne p

ar d

éfau

t : 1

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cl

igno

te e

n al

tern

ant S

Eret

OFF

(AR

RÊT

)• A

u be

soin

, util

isez

po

ur m

odifi

er le

mod

e

• App

uyez

sur

SEr s

ert à

act

iver

/dés

activ

er

et à

con

fi gur

er le

mod

e de

co

mm

unic

atio

ns s

érie

.

Plag

e : o

ff, rS

232,

rS48

5R

égla

ge d

’usi

ne p

ar d

éfau

t : o

ff

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cl

igno

te e

n al

tern

ant B

Aud

et96

00• A

u be

soin

, util

isez

po

ur m

odifi

er le

déb

it

• App

uyez

sur

BA

ud s

ert à

sél

ectio

nner

le d

ébit

(la

vite

sse)

de

com

mun

icat

ion

série

.

Plag

e : 9

600,

480

0, 2

400,

120

0,

600

ou 3

00 b

its p

ar s

econ

de.

Rég

lage

d’u

sine

par

déf

aut :

960

0

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cl

igno

te e

n al

tern

ant d

AtA

et8

• App

uyez

sur

dAtA

ser

t à in

diqu

er le

nom

bre

de b

its.

Affi

chag

e : 8

• App

uyez

sur

• L

’affi

chag

e cl

igno

te e

n al

tern

ant P

aret

none

(auc

un)

• Au

beso

in, u

tilis

ez

pour

mod

ifi er

le ré

glag

e

• App

uyez

sur

PAr s

ert d

e m

oyen

de

vérifi

cat

ion

des

erre

urs

de c

omm

unic

atio

n.

Plag

e : p

air,

impa

ir, o

u au

cun

Rég

lage

d’u

sine

par

déf

aut :

auc

un

Opt

ion

- Tra

nsdu

cteu

r de

débi

t - é

tape

s B

et C

Si l’

unité

ne

com

port

e pa

s de

com

-m

unic

atio

ns s

érie

, voi

r l’é

tape

20.

Voir

l’éta

pe 2

0.

Opt

ion

- Com

mun

icat

ions

sér

ie (D

CO

M) -

éta

pes

D à

I

Uni

tS re

prés

ente

les

éche

lles

de

tem

péra

ture

, de

débi

t de

liqui

de (e

n op

tion)

et d

e pr

essi

on.

Éche

lles

: °C

/°F

GPM

/LPM

PS

I/Bar

/KPA

SRé

glag

es d

’usin

e par

déf

aut :

°C, G

allon

s, PS

I

• App

uyez

sur

• L’a

ffi ch

age

clig

note

en

alte

rnan

t HZ

et60

• Au

beso

in, u

tilis

ez

pour

mod

ifi er

la fr

éque

nce

• App

uyez

sur

Opt

ion

- Ten

sion

glo

bale

- Ét

ape

A

HZ

sert

à id

entifi

er l

a fr

éque

nce

d’en

trée

pou

r les

un

ités

de te

nsio

n gl

obal

es. L

a fr

éque

nce

séle

ctio

nnée

aj

uste

aut

omat

ique

men

t le

régl

age

de h

aute

pre

ssio

n pa

r déf

aut fi

xe

du m

icro

prog

ram

me.

Plag

e : 5

0 ou

60

Hz

Par d

éfau

t : 6

0 H

z

II

App

uyez

sur

po

ur p

ours

uivr

e la

pro

cédu

re d

e l’é

tape

.

REM

ARQU

E : C

erta

ines

pla

ges/

vale

urs

par d

éfau

t dé

pend

ent d

e la

pom

pe, v

oir l

a Se

ctio

n 4

du m

anue

l. Un

e fo

is l’é

tape

de

confi

gur

atio

n te

rmin

ée, c

’est

-à-d

ire

aprè

s av

oir a

ppuy

é su

r la

touc

he

une

deu

xiè-

me

fois,

il de

vient

impo

ssib

le d

e re

com

men

cer l

’éta

pe

pour

effe

ctue

r des

cor

rect

ions

. Vou

s po

uvez

faire

des

m

odifi c

atio

ns a

près

le d

émar

rage

de

l’app

arei

l.

REM

AR

QU

E C

ette

fonc

tion

n’es

t act

ive

que

si

l’app

arei

l est

con

fi gur

é po

ur l’

arrê

t, vo

ir l’é

tape

16.

REM

AR

QU

E C

ette

fonc

tion

n’es

t act

ive

que

si

l’app

arei

l est

con

fi gur

é po

ur l’

arrê

t, vo

ir l’é

tape

16.

ALr c

onfi g

ure

la ré

actio

n de

l’ap

pare

il au

x lim

ites

d’al

arm

e de

tem

péra

ture

, de

pres

sion

, et

de

débi

t (en

opt

ion)

- fe

rme

(fLt)

ou c

ontin

ue

l’exé

cutio

n (in

dC).

Voir

la s

ectio

n 4

du m

anue

l po

ur d

es in

form

atio

ns p

lus

déta

illée

s.Pl

age

: fLt

* ou

indC

**R

égla

ge d

’usi

ne p

ar d

éfau

t : fL

t

Si v

otre

app

arei

l n’e

st p

as é

quip

é d’

un tr

ansd

ucte

ur d

e dé

bit o

u de

com

mun

icat

ions

sér

ie, v

oir l

’éta

pe 2

0.

MIN

NIV

EAU

MA

XN

IVEA

U

Vul

het

rese

rvoi

r lan

gzaa

m m

et s

chon

e pr

oces

vloe

isto

f (zi

e ta

bel 1

) m

et g

ebru

ik v

an h

et k

ijkbu

isje

voo

r het

gem

akke

lijk

in d

e ga

ten

houd

en v

an

het v

loei

stof

nive

au. P

laat

s al

s he

t res

ervo

ir vo

l is

de d

op e

r wee

r op,

han

d-va

st. A

ange

zien

de

capa

cite

it va

n he

t res

ervo

ir kl

ein

kan

zijn

in v

erge

lijki

ng

tot u

w to

epas

sing

en

het n

odig

kan

zijn

dat

er l

ucht

uit

de le

idin

gen

gebl

a-ze

n m

oet w

orde

n, d

ient

u e

xtra

koe

lvlo

eist

of b

ij de

han

d te

hou

den

om h

et

syst

eem

bijg

evul

d te

hou

den

als

de u

itwen

dige

circ

ulat

ie w

ordt

ges

tart.

Dru

k op

.

De

best

urin

g ge

eft S

EtuP

wee

r. Le

t op:

Als

de

unit

is u

itger

ust m

et e

en

deïo

nisa

tiefil

terc

asse

tte, r

aadp

leeg

dan

de

hand

leid

ing,

ho

ofds

tuk

5, v

oor d

e in

stal

latie

erv

an.

Zie

de a

chte

rkan

t voo

r ext

ra s

tapp

en.

Trek

de

plas

tic tr

ansp

ortp

lugg

en e

ruit.

Pro

cesa

fvoe

r -

Zie

stap

pen

1 en

2.

Pro

cesa

fvoe

r -

(The

rmoF

lex9

00-

5000

uni

ts m

et P

D-

pom

pen

en v

olum

es-

troom

omze

tters

) Zi

e st

appe

n 1

en 2

.

Stro

ombe

sche

rmin

g Zi

e st

ap 7

.

Stro

omto

evoe

r met

uni

ts

zond

er h

arde

bed

radi

ngZi

e st

ap 6

.

Pro

cest

oevo

er -

Zie

stap

pen

1 en

2.

Figu

ur B

is k

arak

teris

tiek.

Lo

catie

s va

riëre

n m

et d

e af

met

inge

n va

n de

uni

t en

de g

esel

ecte

erde

opt

ies.

Ver

wijd

er d

e do

p va

n he

t res

ervo

ir do

or d

eze

tege

n de

kl

ok in

los

te d

raai

en.

Con

trole

er d

e ju

iste

spa

nnin

g. V

oor u

nits

die

wor

den

gele

verd

met

ee

n ne

tsno

er, s

teek

de

vrou

wel

ijke

kant

van

de

stro

omka

bel i

n de

koe

ler e

n st

eek

de m

anne

lijke

kan

t van

de

stro

omka

bel i

n de

ver

mog

ensu

itgan

g. (H

et

nets

noer

bev

indt

zic

h on

der d

e de

ksel

van

de

trans

portd

oos.

Goo

i het

dek

sel n

iet w

eg v

oord

at u

he

t sno

er h

eeft

gevo

nden

.)

Slu

it de

The

rmoF

lex

FAC

ILIT

Y-O

UTL

ET

(A)a

an o

p de

w

ater

teru

gvoe

r of -

afvo

er v

an u

w g

ebou

w. S

luit

de T

herm

oFle

x FA

CIL

ITY-

INLE

T (B

) aan

op

de w

ater

voor

zien

ing

van

uw g

ebou

w.

Zorg

erv

oor d

at d

e ve

rbin

ding

en a

fges

lote

n zi

jn e

n go

ed v

astz

itten

.

gebo

uw-

toev

oer

Zie

stap

pen

1 en

3.

gebo

uw-

afvo

er

Zie

stap

pen

1 en

3.

Alle

en v

oor w

ater

ge-

koel

de u

nits

Dit

heef

t u n

odig

om

te k

unne

n be

ginn

en:

• Een

ver

stel

bare

ste

eksl

eute

l• W

ater

toev

oer e

n -te

rugv

oer o

p de

loca

tie (w

ater

geko

elde

units

)• E

en g

esch

ikte

sla

ng o

f lei

ding

• Kle

mm

en v

an d

e ju

iste

gro

otte

of t

ype

aans

luiti

ng• T

eflon

® T

ape

of e

en g

esch

ikte

afs

luiti

ng

Alle

en v

oor w

ater

geko

elde

un

its

Veili

ghei

dsm

aatr

egel

en:

De

unit

is a

lleen

ont

wor

pen

voor

geb

ruik

bin

nens

huis

.

Pla

ats

een

unit

nooi

t op

een

plek

met

ove

rmat

ige

war

mte

, voc

ht,

onvo

ldoe

nde

vent

ilatie

of c

orro

siev

e m

ater

iale

n.

Slu

it no

oit p

roce

svlo

eist

oflei

ding

en a

an o

p de

wat

ervo

orzi

enin

g va

n uw

lo

catie

of a

nder

e vl

oeis

tofb

ronn

en o

nder

dru

k.

Als

uw u

nit i

s ui

tger

ust m

et e

en P

D p

omp,

zor

g er

dan

voo

r dat

de

leid

inge

n en

aan

slui

tinge

n va

n uw

toep

assi

ng g

esch

ikt z

ijn v

oor m

inim

aal 1

85 p

si.

Raa

dple

eg v

oord

at u

vlo

eist

offe

n ge

brui

kt o

f ond

erho

ud u

itvoe

rt op

pl

ekke

n w

aar w

aars

chijn

lijk

cont

act i

s m

et v

loei

stof

, de

veili

ghei

dsbl

aden

va

n de

fabr

ikan

t voo

r voo

rzor

gsm

aatre

gele

n.

Figu

ur B

.

Alle

en v

oor w

ater

geko

elde

un

its.

Zie fig

uur A

.

Zie fig

uur B

.Zi

e fig

uur B

.Zi

e fig

uur B

.

Zie fig

uur B

.Zi

e fig

uur B

.

Zie fig

uur A

.

Zie fig

uur A

.

Slu

it de

The

rmoF

lex

PR

OC

ES

AFV

OE

R (A

) aan

op

de v

loei

stof

toev

oer o

p uw

toep

assi

ng. S

luit

de T

herm

oFle

x P

RO

CE

STO

EV

OE

R (B

) aan

op

de v

loei

stof

afvo

er o

p uw

toep

assi

ng.

Zorg

erv

oor d

at d

e ve

rbin

ding

en a

fges

lote

n zi

jn e

n go

ed v

astz

itten

. G

a vo

or lu

chtg

ekoe

lde

units

doo

r naa

r sta

p 4.

Zet

de

stro

ombe

sche

rmer

op

de a

an(I)

-sta

nd. H

et b

estu

rings

-di

spla

y za

l een

reek

s sc

huifb

alke

n (

) lat

en z

ien.

De

balk

en

schu

iven

naa

r bov

en, w

at a

ange

eft d

at d

e un

it aa

n he

t ini

tialis

eren

is

. Dit

duur

t ong

evee

r 15

seco

nden

.

B

A

B

A

Bes

turin

g Zi

e st

ap 8

.

Aan

-kno

pZi

e st

ap 8

.

Geï

nteg

reer

de tr

echt

erZi

e st

ap 5

.

Niv

eau-

indi

cato

rZi

e st

ap 5

.

Figu

ur A

.

Res

ervo

irdop

Zie

stap

4.

PRO

CES

TOEV

OER

PRO

CES

AFV

OER

Geb

ouw

TOEV

OER

Geb

ouw

AFV

OER

Geb

ouw

TOEV

OER

Geb

ouw

AFV

OER

PRO

CES

TOEV

OER

PRO

CES

AFV

OER

Let o

p: L

et g

oed

op

dat h

et re

serv

oir n

iet

bove

n de

lijn

MAX

N

IVEA

U w

ordt

gev

uld.

D

it za

l leid

en to

t een

ov

erflo

wfo

ut (O

FLO

) va

n de

uni

t waa

rdoo

r de

uni

t zal

uits

chak

elen

.

Aan

slui

tinge

n P

roce

svlo

eist

of (F

NP

T)A

fvoe

r Th

erm

oFle

x900

- 10

000

P1

P2

T0 T

1 1/

2” g

ietb

rons

Ther

moF

lex3

500

- 500

0 P

3 P

4 3/

4” g

ietb

rons

Ther

moF

lex7

500

- 240

00

P3

P5

T 5

1” g

esm

eed

kope

rTo

evoe

r - Z

elfd

e m

aat a

ls a

fvoe

r al

le u

nits

roes

tvrij

sta

al

Wat

eraa

nslu

iting

en lo

catie

(FN

PT)

Ther

moF

lex1

400

- 500

0 To

evoe

r/Afv

oer

½” g

ietb

rons

Th

erm

oFle

x750

0 - 1

0000

Toe

voer

/Afv

oer

¾” g

ietb

rons

Ther

moF

lex1

5000

- 24

000

Toev

oer

¾” g

ietb

rons

Ther

moF

lex1

5000

- 24

000

Afv

oer

¾” r

oest

vrij

staa

l

Let o

p: T

herm

oFle

x900

-500

0 un

its u

itger

ust

met

de

optie

Var

iabe

le s

pann

ing

of U

nive

rsel

e sp

anni

ng h

ebbe

n ee

n co

nfigu

ratie

pane

el

voor

de

span

ning

ach

ter e

en in

spec

tielu

ik

aan

de a

chte

rkan

t van

de

unit.

Raa

dple

eg

het I

nstru

ctie

blad

Spa

nnin

g da

t bij

de u

nit i

s ge

leve

rd, o

f zie

App

endi

x B

van

de h

andl

eidi

ng.

Let o

p: R

aadp

leeg

voo

r uni

ts d

ie h

arde

bed

radi

ng

nodi

g he

bben

hoo

fdst

uk 3

in d

e ha

ndle

idin

g.

Door

geb

ruik

van

vloei

stof

fen

die

niet

hie

rond

er

word

en v

erm

eld

kom

t de

fabr

ieks

gara

ntie

te v

erva

llen.

G

efiltr

eerd

/enk

elvo

udig

ged

estil

leer

d w

ater

G

edeï

onise

erd

wate

r (1-

3 MΩ-

cm, g

ecom

pens

eerd

)

0

- 75%

Eth

ylee

ngly

col/w

ater

0

- 75%

Pro

pyle

engl

ycol

/wat

er

Tabe

l 1 -

Toeg

esta

ne v

loei

stof

fen:

MikeDu
Rectangle
MikeDu
Rectangle

Hi t

und

42

an

Lo

t und

3 a

n

Über

Lo

t wird

die

Ala

rmsc

hwel

le

für n

iedr

ige

Flüs

sigk

eits

tem

pera

tur

eing

este

llt.

Ber

eich

: +3°

C b

is +

42°C

Wer

ksei

nste

llung

: 3°C

Hi P

1 un

d

Übe

r Hi P

1 w

ird d

ie A

larm

schw

elle

für

die

Entla

stun

g de

r Pum

pe b

ei h

ohem

D

ruck

ein

gest

ellt.

Bere

ich:

Je

nach

Pum

pe v

ersc

hied

enW

erks

eins

tellu

ng: J

e na

ch P

umpe

ve

rsch

iede

ndE

LAY

und

0 an

dELA

Y gi

bt a

n, w

ie la

nge

die

Pum

pe n

ach

Übe

rsch

reite

n de

r Hi P

1 A

larm

schw

elle

no

ch w

eite

rläuf

t, be

vor s

ie a

bsch

alte

t.

Ber

eich

: Je

nach

Pum

pe v

ersc

hied

enW

erks

eins

tellu

ng: 0

Sek

unde

n

Lo

P1

Über

Lo

P1 w

ird d

ie A

larm

schw

elle

r die

Ent

ladu

ng d

er P

umpe

bei

ni

edrig

em D

ruck

ein

gest

ellt.

Ber

eich

: Je

nach

Pum

pe

vers

chie

den

Wer

ksei

nste

llung

: Je

nach

Pu

mpe

ver

schi

eden

dELA

Y gi

bt a

n, w

ie la

nge

die

Pum

pe

nach

Übe

rsch

reite

n de

r Lo

P1A

larm

schw

elle

noc

h w

eite

rläuf

t, be

vor s

ie a

bsch

alte

t.

Ber

eich

: 0 b

is 3

0 Se

kund

enW

erks

eins

tellu

ng: 1

0 Se

kund

en

dELA

Y un

d 10

an

einz

uste

llen

ALr

und

fLt a

n

indC

anzu

zeig

en

Scha

ltet d

en a

kust

isch

en

Ala

rm d

es G

erät

s ei

n bz

w. a

us.

Ber

eich

: on

oder

OFF

Wer

ksei

nste

llung

: on So

und

und

ON

an

OFF

anzu

zeig

en

StA

rt u

nd

OFF

an

ON

anzu

zeig

en

Übe

r StA

rt w

ird d

er a

utom

atis

che

Neu

star

t ein

- bzw

. aus

gesc

halte

t.

Ber

eich

: on

oder

OFF

Wer

ksei

nste

llung

: OFF

CA

rE u

nd L

1 an

Über

CAr

E w

ird d

as E

rinne

rung

sint

erva

ll fü

r di

e vo

rbeu

gend

e Re

inig

ung

der L

uft-

und

Ber

eich

: off,

L1

- 100

0 St

unde

n,

L2 -

2000

Stu

nden

, L3

-300

0 St

unde

nW

erks

eins

tellu

ng: L

1

alle

Das

Ger

ät s

tart

et a

utom

atis

ch.

alle

Der

Set

up-V

orga

ng is

t nun

abg

esch

loss

en.

Bei

m S

tart

des

Ger

äts

wird

die

Tem

pera

tur

Falls

gew

ünsc

ht, k

önne

n Si

e de

n So

llwer

t du

rch

Drü

cken

von

Übe

r SP

wird

der

Sol

lwer

t ein

gest

ellt.

Ber

eich

: +5°

C b

is +

40°C

Wer

ksei

nste

llung

: +20

°C

SP u

nd20

an

Falls

zut

reffe

nd, s

telle

n Si

e di

e O

ptio

nen

ents

prec

hend

den

Fel

dern

auf

der

rech

ten

Seite

ein

. Für

Ger

äte

mit

anal

ogen

Ein

- und

Aus

gäng

en (A

CO

M) s

iehe

mitg

elie

fert

e zu

sätz

liche

Hin

wei

se fü

r den

Sch

nells

tart

.

Schn

ells

tart

- N

ur fü

r die

ers

te In

betr

iebn

ahm

e —

führ

en S

ie d

ie S

chrit

te 9

bis

20

für a

lle G

erät

e au

s.

**fL

t = F

ehle

r (A

bsch

alte

n)**

indC

= A

nzei

gen

(Bet

rieb

forts

etze

n)

Über

Hi t

wird

die

Ala

rmsc

hwel

le fü

r den

Üb

erte

mpe

ratu

rala

rm d

er F

lüss

igke

it ei

nges

tellt

.B

erei

ch: +

3°C

bis

+42

°CW

erks

eins

tellu

ng: +

42°C

Uni

tS u

nd °C

an

Flow

u id

und

1 a

n

Übe

r HiF

LO w

ird d

ie A

larm

schw

elle

Ber

eich

: Je

nach

Pum

pe

vers

chie

den

Wer

ksei

nste

llung

: Je

nach

Pum

pe

vers

chie

den

HiF

LO u

nd

LoFL

O u

nd

einz

uste

llen

Übe

r LoF

LO w

ird d

ie A

larm

schw

elle

Ber

eich

: Je

nach

Pum

pe v

ersc

hied

enW

erks

eins

tellu

ng: J

e na

ch P

umpe

ve

rsch

iede

n

StoP

und

1 a

n

Übe

r Sto

P w

ird d

ie A

nzah

l der

Sto

pp-

Bits

ang

egeb

en.

Ber

eich

: 2 o

der 1

Wer

ksei

nste

llung

: 1

u id

(Ger

äte-

ID) w

ird n

ur b

ei R

S485

Ger

äten

, die

an

den

Port

RS4

85

ange

schl

osse

n w

erde

n.B

erei

ch: 1

bis

99

Wer

ksei

nste

llung

: 1

SEr u

nd O

FF a

n

Übe

r SEr

wird

der

Mod

us fü

r die

se

rielle

Kom

mun

ikat

ion

ein-

und

Ber

eich

: off,

rS23

2, rS

485

Wer

ksei

nste

llung

: off

BAud

und

9600

an

Übe

r BA

ud w

ird d

ie B

audr

ate

(Ges

chw

indi

gkei

t) fü

r die

ser

ielle

K

omm

unik

atio

n au

sgew

ählt.

Ber

eich

: 960

0, 4

800,

240

0, 1

200,

60

0 od

er 3

00 B

it pr

o Se

kund

e.W

erks

eins

tellu

ng: 9

600

dAtA

und

8 an

Übe

r dA

tA w

ird d

ie A

nzah

l der

B

its a

ngez

eigt

.

Anz

eige

: 8

PAr u

ndno

ne a

n

PAr w

ird v

erw

ende

t, um

Feh

ler i

n de

r

Bere

ich:

gle

ich,

ung

leic

h od

er k

eine

Wer

ksei

nste

llung

: kei

ne

Wen

n Ih

r Ger

ät n

icht

übe

r ein

e se

rielle

Kom

mun

ikat

ion

verf

ügt,

sieh

e Sc

hritt

20.

Sieh

e Sc

hritt

20

Opt

ion

- Ser

ielle

Kom

mun

ikat

ion

(DC

OM

) — S

chrit

te D

bis

I

UnitS

sin

d di

e Ei

nhei

ten

für T

empe

ratu

r, u

nd D

ruck

.Ei

nhei

ten:

°C/°F

GPM

/LPM

PSI/B

ar/K

PAS

Wer

ksei

nste

llung

en: °

C, G

allo

nen,

PSI

HZ

und

60 a

n

Wen

n Ih

r Ger

ät n

icht

übe

r ein

en

-rie

lle K

omm

unik

atio

n ve

rfüg

t, si

ehe

Schr

itt 2

0.

Opt

ion

- Var

iabl

er S

pann

ungs

bere

ich

— S

chrit

t A

Übe

r HZ

wird

bei

Ger

äten

mit

varia

blem

Sp

annu

ngsb

erei

ch d

ie F

requ

enz

des

Stro

mne

tzes

an

gege

ben.

Übe

r die

gew

ählte

Fre

quen

z w

ird d

ie

fest

gele

gte

Übe

rdru

ck-S

tand

arde

inst

ellu

ng d

er

Firm

war

e au

tom

atis

ch ju

stie

rt.

Ber

eich

: 50

oder

60

Hz

Stan

dard

: 60

Hz

I

HINW

EIS:

könn

en

HIN

WEI

S D

iese

Fun

ktio

n is

t nur

akt

iv, w

enn

sieh

e Sc

hritt

16.

HIN

WEI

S D

iese

Fun

ktio

n is

t nur

ak

tiv, w

enn

das

Ger

ät a

uf A

bsch

alte

n .

Alar

mzu

stän

de -

entw

eder

Abs

chal

tung

(fL

t) od

er B

etrie

b fo

rtset

zen

(indC

). W

eite

re

Info

rmat

ione

n si

ehe

Absc

hnitt

4 im

Han

dbuc

h.Be

reic

h: fL

t* od

er in

dC**

Wer

ksei

nste

llung

: fLt

ThermoFlex i Thermo Scientific

Preface

Compliance Third Party:

CSA Listed - Laboratory equipment-electrical

File # 105974_C_000

CLASS: 8721-05 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1-04

CLASS: 8721-85 ANSI/UL Standard 61010-1

European Union ( EU ) LVD & EMCOur evaluation has demonstrated compliance with the following EU directives, as indicated by the CE Mark located on the chiller's nameplate and the Declaration of Conformity in the back of this manual.

2004/108/EC - Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (EMC):

EN61326-1:2006 - Electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use - EMC requirements

2006/95/EC - Low Voltage Directive (LVD):

EN61010-1:2001 - Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use - general requirements

WEEE This product is required to comply with the European Union’s Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive 2002/96/EC. It is marked with the following symbol:

Thermo Fisher Scientific has contracted with one or more recycling/disposal companies in each EU Member State, dispose of or recycle this product through them. Further information on Thermo Fisher Scientific’s compliance with these Directives is available at: www.thermoscientific.com/WEEERoHS

ii ThermoFlex

Preface

Thermo Scientific

After-sale Support Thermo Fisher Scientific is committed to customer service both during and after the sale. If you have questions concerning the chiller operation, or questions concerning spare parts or Service Contracts, call our Sales, Service and Customer Support phone number, see this manual's inside cover for contact information.

When calling, please refer to the labels on the inside cover. These labels list all the necessary information needed to properly identify your chiller.

Feedback We appreciate any feedback you can give us on this manual. Please e-mail us at [email protected]. Be sure to include the manual part number and the revision date listed on the front cover.

Warranty Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex chillers have a warranty against defective parts and workmanship for 24 months (excluding MD 1/MD 2 Magnetic Drive and P 1/P 2 Positive Displacement pumps which are warranted for 12 months) from date of shipment. See back page for more details.

Unpacking If the chiller has a line cord it is located under the shipping crate’s lid. Do not discard the lid until the cord is located.

Retain all cartons and packing material until the chiller is operated and found to be in good condition. If it shows external or internal damage contact the transportation company and file a damage claim. Under ICC regulations, this is your responsibility.

Out of Box Failure An Out of Box Failure is defined as any product that fails to operate in conformance with sellers published specifications at initial power up. Install the chiller in accordance with manufacturer's recommended operating conditions within 30 days of shipment from the seller.

Any Temperature Control product meeting the definition of an Out of Box Failure must be packed and shipped back in the original packaging to Thermo Fisher Scientific for replacement with a new chiller; seller to pay the cost of shipping. Customer must receive a Return Material Authorization (RMA) from Thermo Fisher prior to shipping.

Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 1-1

Make sure you read and understand all instructions and safety precautions listed in this manual before installing or operating your chiller. If you have any questions concerning the operation or the information in this manual, please contact us. See inside cover for contact information.

DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. It is also be used to alert against unsafe practices.

The lightning flash with arrow symbol, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of non-insulated "dangerous voltage" within the chiller's enclosure. The voltage magnitude is significant enough to constitute a risk of electrical shock.

This label indicates read the manual.

Never place the chiller in a location where excessive heat, moisture, or corrosive materials are present.

The chiller's construction provides protection against the risk of electrical shock by grounding appropriate metal parts. The protection will not function unless the power cord is connected to a properly grounded outlet. It is the user's responsibility to assure a proper ground connection is provided.

Never connect the process fluid inlet or outlet fittings to your building water supply or any water pressure source.

Do not use automotive antifreeze. Commercial antifreeze contains silicates that can damage the pump seals. Use of automotive antifreeze will void the manufacturer’s warranty.

To prevent freezing/glazing of the plate exchanger, ThermoFlex7500 through ThermoFlex24000 chillers require the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water below 10°C process temperature.

Safety Warnings

Section 1 Safety

DANGER

WARNING

CAUTION

1-2 ThermoFlex

Section 1

Thermo Scientific

Before using any fluid or performing maintenance where contact with the fluid is likely refer to the manufacturer’s MSDS for handling precautions.

When using a process fluid mixture of ethylene glycol and water or propylene glycol and water, check the fluid concentration and pH on a regular basis. Changes in concentration and pH can impact system performance. See Section 3.

Many refrigerants which may be undetectable by human senses are heavier than air and will replace the oxygen in an enclosed area causing loss of consciousness. Contact with leaking refrigerant will cause skin burns. Refer to the chiller's nameplate and the manufacturer's most current MSDS for additional information.

Performance of installation, operation, or maintenance procedures other than those described in this manual may result in a hazardous situation and may void the manufacturer's warranty.

Transport the chiller with care. Sudden jolts or drops can damage its components.

Drain the chiller before it is transported and/or stored in near or below freezing temperatures, see Draining in Section 8. Store the chiller in the temperature range -25°C to 60°C (with packaging), and <80% relative humidity.

For ThermoFlex900-10000 chillers, the circuit protector located on the rear is not intended to act as a disconnecting means.

Observe and never remove warning labels.

Never operate damaged or leaking equipment.

Never operate the chiller without process fluid in the reservoir.

Always turn off the chiller and disconnect the power cord from the power source before performing any service or maintenance procedures, or before moving.

Never operate the chiller with panels removed.

Never operate equipment with damaged power cords.

Refer service and repairs to a qualified technician.

ThermoFlex 2-1 Thermo Scientific

• Cooling capacity based on P 2 pumps with no backpressure. Heat input from the pump will result in a reduction in cooling capacity. The cooling capacity reduction will vary based on the pump chosen as well as pump backpressure and flow.

• Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20°C process setpoint, 25°C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude or operating voltages will affect performance. See Section 3.

• Additional dimensions are at the end of this section, add 1/8" (3 mm) to height for SEMI. • Add 5 pounds (2 kilograms) for global voltage chillers. • Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Section 2 General InformationThe Thermo Scientific ThermoFlexTM recirculating chiller is designed to provide a continuous supply of fluid at a constant temperature and flow rate. The chiller consists of an air-cooled or water-cooled refrigeration system, heat exchanger, recirculating pump, polyethylene reservoir, and a microprocessor controller.

Description

Specifications

* Pumping capacity pressure values for turbine pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller. Specifications for MD 1/MD 2 pumps are identical to P 1/P 2.

ThermoFlex900 ThermoFlex1400 ThermoFlex2500

Process Fluid Temperature +5°C to +40°C +5°C to +40°C +5°C to +40°C and Setpoint Range +41°F to +104°F +41°F to +104°F +41°F to +104°F

Ambient Temperature Range +10°C to +40°C +10°C to +40°C +10°C to +40°C +50°F to +104°F +50°F to +104°F +50°F to +104°F

Temperature Stability ±0.1°C ±0.1°C ±0.1°C

Cooling Capacity at 20°C 60 Hz 900 W (3074 BTU) 1400 W (4781 BTU) 2500 W (8538 BTU)* 50 Hz 750 W (2561 BTU) 1170 W (3996 BTU) 2200 W (7513 BTU)*

Refrigerant R134A R134A R134A

Reservoir Volume Gallons 1.9 1.9 1.9 Liters 7.2 7.2 7.2

Footprint or Dimensions (H x W x D) Inches 27.3 x 14.2 x 24.6 27.3 x 14.2 x 24.6 29.0 x 17.2 x 26.5 Centimeters 69.2 x 36.0 x 62.4 69.2 x 36.0 x 62.4 73.6 x 43.6 x 67.3

Weight P 2 Pump (empty) lb 130.5 130.5 175.5 kg 59.2 59.2 79.6

Pumping Capacity P 1 - Positive Displacement 60 Hz* 2.1 gpm @ 60 psig (7.9 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 50 Hz* 1.7 gpm @ 60 psig (6.4 lpm @ 4.1 bar)

P 2 - Positive Displacement 60 Hz* 4.0 gpm @ 60 psig (15.1 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 50 Hz* 3.3 gpm @ 60 psig (12.5 lpm @ 4.1 bar)

T 0 - Turbine 60 Hz* 2.0 gpm @ 60 psid (7.6 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 50 Hz* 1.3 gpm @ 60 psid (4.9 lpm @ 4.1 bar) T 1 - Turbine 60 Hz* 3.5 gpm @ 60 psid (13.3 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 50 Hz* 2.5 gpm @ 60 psid (9.5 lpm @ 4.1 bar)

*To meet this specification, the ThermoFlex2500 air-cooled chillers require the fan to be operating in the high-speed mode, see Section 3.

Section 2

2-2 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

• Cooling capacity based on P 2 pumps with no backpressure. Heat input from the pump will result in a reduction in cooling capacity. The cooling capacity reduction will vary based on the pump chosen as well as pump backpressure and flow.

• Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20°C process setpoint, 25°C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude or operating voltages will affect performance. See Section 3.

• Additional dimensions are at the end of this section, add 1/8" (3 cm) to height for SEMI. • Add 30 pounds (14 kilograms) for global voltage chillers. • Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Specifications

* Pumping capacity pressure values for turbine and centrifugal pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller. Specifications for MD 1/MD 2 pumps are identical to P 1/P 2.

ThermoFlex3500 ThermoFlex5000 Process FluidTemperature +5°C to +40°C +5°C to +40°C and Setpoint Range +41°F to +104°F +41°F to +104°F

Ambient Temperature Range +10°C to +40°C +10°C to +40°C +50°F to +104°F +50°F to +104°F

Temperature Stability ± 0.1°C ± 0.1°C

Cooling Capacity at 20°C 60 Hz 3500 W (11953 BTU) 5000 W (17076 BTU) 50 Hz 3050 W (10416 BTU) 4400 W (15027 BTU)

Refrigerant R407C R407C

Reservoir Volume Gallons 1.9 1.9 Liters 7.2 7.2

Footprint or Dimensions (H x W x D) Inches 38.9 x 19.3 x 30.9 38.9 x 19.3 x 30.9 Centimeters 98.7 x 48.8 x 78.4 98.7 x 48.8 x 78.4

Weight P 1/ P 2/P 3/P 4 (empty) lb 264/264/270/303 NA/264/270/303 kg 120/120/123/138 NA/120/123/138

Pumping Capacity P 1 - Positive Displacement 60 Hz* 2.1 gpm @ 60 psig (7.9 lpm @ 4.1 bar) Not Available 50 Hz* 1.7 gpm @ 60 psig (6.4 lpm @ 4.1 bar) Not Available

P 2 - Positive Displacement 60 Hz* 4.0 gpm @ 60 psig (15.1 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 4.0 gpm @ 60 psig (15.1 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 50 Hz* 3.3 gpm @ 60 psig (12.5 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 3.3 gpm @ 60 psig (12.5 lpm @ 4.1 bar)

T 1 - Turbine 60 Hz* 3.5 gpm @ 60 psid (13.3 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 3.5 gpm @ 60 psid (13.3 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 50 Hz* 2.5 gpm @ 60 psid (9.5 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 2.5 gpm @ 60 psid (9.5 lpm @ 4.1 bar)

P 3 - Centrifugal Pump 60 Hz* 10 gpm @ 32 psid (37.9 lpm @ 2.2 bar) 10 gpm @ 32 psid (37.9 lpm @ 2.2 bar) 50 Hz* 10 gpm @ 20 psid (37.9 lpm @ 1.4 bar) 10 gpm @ 20 psid (37.9 lpm @ 1.4 bar)

P 4 - Centrifugal Pump 60 Hz* 15 gpm @ 57 psid (56.8 lpm @ 3.9 bar) 15 gpm @ 57 psid (56.8 lpm @ 3.9 bar) 50 Hz* 15 gpm @ 34 psid (56.8 lpm @ 2.3 bar) 15 gpm @ 34 psid (56.8 lpm @ 2.3 bar)

Section 2

ThermoFlex 2-3 Thermo Scientific

• Cooling capacity based on P 2 pumps with no backpressure. Heat input from the pump will result in a reduction in cooling capacity. The cooling capacity reduction will vary based on the pump chosen as well as pump backpressure and flow.

• Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20°C process setpoint, 25°C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude or operating voltages will affect performance. See Section 3.

• Additional dimensions are at the end of this section. • Add 30 pounds (14 kilograms) for global voltage chillers with a P 2 pump. Add 10 pounds

(4.5 kilograms) for chillers with a P 3 or P 5 pump.• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Specifications

* Pumping capacity pressure values for centrifugal and turbine pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller. Specifications for MD 2 pumps are identical to P 2.

ThermoFlex7500 ThermoFlex10000 Process Fluid Temperature +5°C to +40°C +5°C to +40°C and Setpoint Range +41°F to +104°F +41°F to +104°F

Ambient Temperature Range +10°C to +40°C +10°C to +40°C +50°F to +104°F +50°F to +104°F

Temperature Stability ±0.1°C ±0.1°C

Cooling Capacity at 20°C 60 Hz 7500 W (25575 BTU) 10000 W (34100 BTU) 50 Hz 6425 W (21910 BTU) 8500 W (28985 BTU)

Refrigerant R407C R407C

Reservoir Volume Gallons 4.75 4.75 Liters 17.9 17.9

Footprint or Dimensions (H x W x D) Air-Cooled Inches 52.3 x 25.2 x 33.8 52.3 x 25.2 x 33.8 Centimeters 132.7 x 63.9 x 85.6 132.7 x 63.9 x 85.6

Water-Cooled Inches 45.9 x 25.2 x 33.8 45.9 x 25.2 x 33.8 Centimeters 116.6 x 63.9 x 85.6 116.6 x 63.9 x 85.6

Weight P 2/P 3/P 5 (empty) Air-Cooled lb 356/372.5/405.5 356/372.5/405.5 kg 161.5/169/184 161.5/169/184

Water-Cooled lb 315/331.5/364.5 315/331.5/364.5 kg 143/150/165 143/150/165

Pumping Capacity P 2 - Positive Displacement 60 Hz* 4.0 gpm @ 60 psig (15.1 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 4.0 gpm @ 60 psig (15.1 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 50 Hz* 3.3 gpm @ 60 psig (12.5 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 3.3 gpm @ 60 psig (12.5 lpm @ 4.1 bar)

P 3 - Centrifugal Pump 60 Hz* 10 gpm @ 32 psid (37.9 lpm @ 2.2 bar) 10 gpm @ 32 psid (37.9 lpm @ 2.2 bar) 50 Hz* 10 gpm @ 20 psid (37.9 lpm @ 1.4 bar) 10 gpm @ 20 psid (37.9 lpm @ 1.4 bar)

P 5 - Centrifugal Pump 60 Hz* 20 gpm @ 60 psid (75.7 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 20 gpm @ 60 psid (75.7 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 50 Hz* 20 gpm @ 35 psid (75.7 lpm @ 2.4 bar) 20 gpm @ 35 psid (75.7 lpm @ 2.4 bar)

T 5 - Turbine Pump 60 Hz* 8.0 gpm @ 52 psid (30.3 lpm @ 3.6 bar) 8.0 gpm @ 52 psid (30.3 lpm @ 3.6 bar) 50 Hz* 8.0 gpm @ 20 psid (30.3 lpm @ 1.4 bar) 8.0 gpm @ 20 psid (30.3 lpm @ 1.4 bar)

Section 2

2-4 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

• Cooling capacity based on P 3 pumps set at 10 gpm. Heat input from the pump will result in a reduction in cooling capacity. The cooling capacity reduction will vary based on the pump chosen as well as pump backpressure and flow.

• Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20°C process setpoint, 25°C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude or operating voltages will affect performance. See Section 3.

• Additional dimensions are at the end of this section. • Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Specifications

* Pumping capacity pressure values for centrifugal pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller.

ThermoFlex15000 ThermoFlex20000 ThermoFlex24000 Process Fluid Temperature +5°C to +40°C +5°C to +40°C +5°C to +40°C and Setpoint Range +41°F to +104°F +41°F to +104°F +41°F to +104°F

Ambient Temperature Range +10°C to +40°C +10°C to +40°C +10°C to +40°C +50°F to +104°F +50°F to +104°F +50°F to +104°F

Temperature Stability ±0.1°C ±0.1°C ±0.1°C

Cooling Capacity at 20°C 60 Hz 15000 W (51228 BTU) 20000 W (68304 BTU) 24000 W (81964 BTU) 50 Hz 12525 W (42775 BTU) 16700 W (57043 BTU) 21000 W (71719 BTU)

Refrigerant R407C R407C R407C

Reservoir Volume Gallons 4.75 4.75 4.75 Liters 17.9 17.9 17.9

Footprint or Dimensions (H x W x D)

Air-Cooled Inches 49.0 x 46.5 x 30.9 49.0 x 46.5 x 30.9 58.6 x 46.5 x 30.9 Centimeters 124.4 x 118.1 x 78.6 124.4 x 118.1 x 78.6 148.9 x 118.1 x 78.6

Water-Cooled Inches 49.0 x 46.5 x 30.9 49.0 x 46.5 x 30.9 49.0 x 46.5 x 30.9 Centimeters 124.4 x 118.1 x 78.6 124.4 x 118.1 x 78.6 124.4 x 118.1 x 78.6

Weight (empty) Air-Cooled lb 550 550 650 kg 249.5 249.5 294.8

Water-Cooled lb 510 510 510 kg 231.3 231.3 231.3

Pumping Capacity P 3 - Centrifugal Pump 60 Hz* 10 gpm @ 32 psid (37.9 lpm @ 2.2 bar) 50 Hz* 10 gpm @ 20 psid (37.9 lpm @ 1.4 bar)

P 5 - Centrifugal Pump 60 Hz* 20 gpm @ 60 psid (75.7 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 50 Hz* 20 gpm @ 35 psid (75.7 lpm @ 2.4 bar)

Section 2

ThermoFlex 2-5 Thermo Scientific

• Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20°C process setpoint, 25°C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage, on chillers with P 2 pumps with no back pressure. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude, operating voltages or pumps will affect performance. See Section 3.

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Cooling Capacity

10 20 30 40 °C

50 60 70 80 90 100 °FTemperature Setpoint

Cool

ing

Capa

city

BTU/Hr Watts

A: 5000, 60 HzB: 5000, 50 HzC: 3500, 60 HzD: 3500, 50 Hz

AB

C

D

7000

6000

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

24000

20000

16000

12000

8000

4000

A: 2500, 60 HzB: 2500, 50 HzC: 1400, 60 HzD: 1400, 50 HzE: 900, 60 HzF: 900, 50 Hz

A

CD

E

F

B

10 20 30 40 °C

50 60 70 80 90 100 °FTemperature Setpoint

Cool

ing

Capa

city

BTU/Hr Watts12000

10000

8000

6000

4000

2000

3500

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

Section 2

2-6 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

A: 10000, 60 HzB: 10000, 50 HzC: 7500, 60 HzD: 7500, 50 Hz

A

BC

D

10 20 30 40 °C

50 60 70 80 90 100 °FTemperature Setpoint

Cool

ing

Capa

city

BTU/Hr Watts

40000

35000

30000

25000

20000

15000

10000

5000

Operation below 10°C requires the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water

12000

10000

8000

6000

4000

2000

• Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20°C process setpoint, 25°C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage, on chillers with P 2 pumps with no back pressure (P 3 pumps set to 10 gpm for ThermoFlex15000 to 24000). Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude, operating voltages or pumps will affect performance. See Section 3.

• Chillers require the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water below 10°C process temperature to prevent freezing/glazing of the plate exchanger.

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Cooling Capacity

Operation below 10°C requires the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water

A: 24000, 60 HzB: 24000, 50 HzC: 20000, 60 HzD: 20000, 50 HzE: 15000, 60 HzF: 15000, 50 Hz

A

BC

DE

F

10 20 30 40 °C

50 60 70 80 90 100 °FTemperature Setpoint

Cool

ing

Capa

city

30000

25000

20000

15000

10000

5000

BTU/Hr Watts

10000

80000

60000

40000

20000

Section 2

ThermoFlex 2-7 Thermo Scientific

Pumping Capacity Positive Displacement Pump P 1/P 2

• Pump curves are nominal values. Pressure values for centrifugal pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller.

• Pump performance results were obtained with no restrictions on the return to the system or with any options installed. For example, utilizing the DI option will result in a 0.5 gpm flow reduction .

• Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20°C process setpoint, 25°C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude or operating voltages will affect performance. See Section 3.

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

5 10 15 20 LPM

1 2 3 4 5 GPM

A

BCD

100

80

60

40

20

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Bar PSIG

Pres

sure

Flow Rate

Pres

sure

100

80

60

40

20

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

20 40 60 80 100 LPM

5 10 15 20 25 GPMFlow Rate

Bar PSID

A

B

CD

A: P 4, 60 HzB: P 4, 50 HzC: P 3, 60 HzD: P 3, 50 Hz

Pumping Capacity Centrifugal Pump P 3/P 4

A: P 2/MD 2, 60 HzB: P 2/MD 2, 50 HzC: P 1/MD 1, 60 HzD: P 1/MD 1, 50 Hz

Section 2

2-8 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Pumping Capacity Centrifugal Pump P 5

• Pump curves are nominal values. Pressure values for centrifugal and turbine pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller.

• Pump performance results were obtained with no restrictions on the return to the system or with any options installed. For example, utilizing the DI option will result in a 0.5 gpm flow reduction.

• Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20°C process setpoint, 25°C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude or operating voltages will affect performance. See Section 3.

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

25 50 75 100 125 150 LPM

10 20 30 40 GPM

60 Hz

50 Hz

100

80

60

40

20

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Bar PSID

Pres

sure

Flow Rate

Pumping Capacity Turbine Pump T 1/ T 5

A

B

CD

10 20 30 40 LPM

2 4 6 8 10 GPM

100

80

60

40

20

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Bar PSID

Pres

sure

Flow Rate

A: T 5, 60 HzB: T 5, 50 HzC: T 1, 60 HzD: T 1, 50 Hz

Section 2

ThermoFlex 2-9 Thermo Scientific

Pumping Capacity Turbine Pump T 0

• Pump curves are nominal values. Pressure values for turbine pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller.

• Pump performance results were obtained with no restrictions on the return to the system or with any options installed. For example, utilizing the DI option will result in a 0.5 gpm flow reduction .

• Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20°C process setpoint, 25°C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude or operating voltages will affect performance. See Section 3.

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

60 Hz

50 Hz

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

10

8

6

4

2

Bar PSID

Pres

sure

2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 LPM

0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 GPMFlow Rate

Section 2

2-10 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex900/1400 Dimensions

(inches/centimeters)

Side View

3 3/8"8.6

18 1/2"47.0

24 11/16"62.8

Front View27 1/4"* 69.2

12 3/16"31.0

15/16"2.4

* Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5.

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Section 2

ThermoFlex 2-11 Thermo Scientific

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Top View

Shipping crate dimensions (approximate):

21” (53 cm) wide

35” (89 cm) tall

40” (102 cm) deep

17 3/16"43.7

14 3/16"36.0

20"50.8

Rear View

Water-cooled onlyProcess fluid return connection1/2" FNPT Stainless Steel

Process discharge fluid connection1/2" FNPT Cast Bronze

Facility water connections1/2" FNPT

Cast Bronze

1 5/16"3.3

1 5/8"(2)4.2

3 9/16"*9.1

3 7/8"*9.8

10 5/8"*27.0

1 1/8"(2)2.9

2 1/2"*6.4

111/2"*29.2

141/2"*36.8

25 11/16"*65.2

5 9/16"14.1

See Section 3 for additional plumbing information.

* Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5.Process fluid drain(1/4" FNPT) Riton

DRAIN

4 5/8"11.7

1 3/16"3.1

1 5/16"3.3

3 1/4"8.2

Optional 1/2" Auxiliary and 1/4" Auto-Refill Ports

ThermoFlex900/1400

Process discharge for chillers with optional flow transducer orInternal pressure regulator adjustment(Optional) 1/2" FNPT Stainless Steel

Section 2

2-12 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

ThermoFlex2500 Dimensions

(inches/centimeters)

Side View

3 5/8"9.2

20 1/16"51.0

Front View

28 15/16"* 73.6

15 1/4"38.4 1"

2.5

* Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI

chillers, see Section 5.

26 3/4"68.0

Section 2

ThermoFlex 2-13 Thermo Scientific

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

3 3/8"8.5

Water-cooled only

Facility water connections1/2" FNPT

Cast Bronze

1 1/4"3.2

2"5.0

1 5/8"(2)4.2

5"*12.7

12 13/16"*32.5

1 3/16"(2)3.0

41/16"*10.2

161/8"*40.9

5 1/8"13.1

13 1/8"*33.3

27 5/16"*(3)69.4

21/2"*6.4

See Section 3 for additional plumbing information.

* Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5.

DRAIN

Process fluid drain(1/4" FNPT) Riton

Process discharge fluid connection1/2" FNPT Cast Bronze

Process fluid return connection1/2" FNPT Stainless Steel

Optional 1/2" Auxiliary and 1/4" Auto-Refill Ports

Rear View

Shipping crate dimensions (approximate):

23” (58 cm) wide

36” (91 cm) tall

40” (102 cm) deep

Top View

19 3/16"48.8

17 1/8"43.6

22"55.9

ThermoFlex2500

Process discharge for chillers with optional flow transducer orInternal pressure regulator adjustment(Optional) 1/2" FNPT Stainless Steel

Section 2

2-14 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

ThermoFlex3500/5000 Dimensions

(inches/centimeters)

Side View

24 1/2"62.2

3 7/16"8.7

30 3/4"78.0

38 7/8"*98.7

1"2.5

17 3/16"43.7

Front View

* Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI

chillers, see Section 5.

Section 2

ThermoFlex 2-15 Thermo Scientific

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

~ Shipping crate dimensions

26" (66 cm) wide

48" (122 cm) tall

47" (119 cm) deep

Top View

23 1/2"59.7

19 1/4"48.8

26 3/8"67.0

Rear View

Water-cooled only

Process discharge connectionCast BronzeA P 3, P 4 pumps 3/4" FNPTB P 1/MD1, P 2/MD2, T 1 pumps 1/2" FNPT

Process return connectionStainless SteelP 3, P 4 pumps 3/4" FNPTP 1/MD1, P 2/MD2, T 1 pumps 1/2" FNPT

See Section 3 for additional plumbing information.

Facility water connections

Cast Bronze 1/2" FNPT

(3/4" FNPT for ThermoFlex3500-

5000 with P 3 or P 4 pump)

1 15/16"5.0

1 1/4"3.2

1 7/8"(2)4.7

1 1/4"(2)3.2

6"*15.2

12"*30.5

15/16"3.4

15 3/8"*39.1

181/2"*46.9

22"*55.9

36 1/2"*92.7

21/2"*6.4

* Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5.

B

A

P3 and P4 Flow control (Optional)

Optional 1/2" Auxiliary and 1/4" Auto-Refill Ports

3 9/16"9.1

10 3/16"25.9

ThermoFlex3500/5000 Process discharge for chillers with optional flow transducer and P1, P2 & T1 pumpsorInternal pressure regulator adjustment (Optional P1/MD1, P2/MD2 & T1 only) 1/2" FNPT Stainless Steel

DRAIN

3 11/16"9.4

4 3/8"11.2

6 1/8"15.5

2 3/16"5.6

1/4" FPT Process Drain Stainless Steel with Brass plug

(P3, P4 pumps only)

1/4" MPT Riton connector (P1/MD1, P2/MD2 and TU1 pumps only)

Section 2

2-16 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Top View

30 1/4"76.8

27 3/8"69.5

7 11/16"19.6

1 1/16"2.6

25 1/8"63.9

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

ThermoFlex7500/10000 Dimensions

(inches/centimeters)

24 9/16"62.4

31 5/8"80.4

3 1/8"7.9

33 11/16"85.5

3 3/16"8.0

Side View

To end of P 3 - P 5 Outlet Fitting

Water-cooled shipping crate dimensions (approximate):

35 3/4” (91 cm) wide

55 1/2” (141 cm) tall

46 3/8” (118 cm) deep

Air-cooled shipping crate dimensions (approximate):

35 3/4” (91 cm) wide

61 1/2” (156 cm) tall

46 3/8” (118 cm) deep

Section 2

ThermoFlex 2-17 Thermo Scientific

45 13/16"116.4

1 5/8"4.2

2 3/8"(2)6.0

21 3/4"55.3

29 3/8"74.7

16 3/4"42.5

8 1/2"21.6

27"68.5

Rear View (Water-Cooled)

Facility water connectionsCast Bronze

3/4" FNPT

6 1/8"15.6

2 9/19"(3)6.6

17 1/8"43.5

2 "(2)5.0

33 3/8"84.8

52 1/4"132.7

35 13/16"90.9

3 1/2"8.9

2"5.0

Rear View (Air-Cooled)

Optional 1/2" Auxiliary and 1/4" Auto-Refill Ports

See Section 3 for additional plumbing information.

Process Discharge

P 2/MD2 = 1/2" FNPTCast Bronze

P 3 - P 5, T 5 = 1" FNPTWrought Copper

Process ReturnStainless Steel P 2/MD2 = 1/2" FNPTP 3 - P 5, T 5 = 1" FNPT

DRAIN

Process fluid drain (1/4" FNPT)Stainless Steel with Brass plug or Riton connector

3 3/8"8.5

4 5/8"11.7

ThermoFlex7500/10000

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Section 2

2-18 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

48 15/16"124.4

6"15.2

34 5/8"88.046 1/2"118.1

30 15/16"78.6

16 13/16"42.7

2 5/8"6.6

6 1/16"15.4

ThermoFlex15000/20000/24000 Dimensions

(inches/centimeters)

Front View

Side View

For ThermoFlex24000 Air-Cooled Chillers 58 5/8"148.9

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Section 2

ThermoFlex 2-19 Thermo Scientific

Shipping crate dimensions

(approximate):

62" (157 cm) wide

78" (198 cm) tall

48" (122 cm) deep

Top View

Rear View

5 9/16"14.2

8 1/16"20.5

25"63.5The applicable options fit

within this envelope, see Section 5.

25 7/8"65.7

Process Return 1" FNPT Stainless Steel

2 1/4"5.7

7"17.8

20 1/8"51.1

15 1/16"38.3

5 1/16"12.9

14 11/16"37.3

15 1/4"38.8

24 5/8"62.8

24 5/8"62.8

19 13/16"50.3

6 5/16"16.0

6 5/16"16.0

1 3/4"4.4

Facility water connectionsSupply Cast Bronze 3/4" FNPTReturn Stainless 3/4" FNPT

Facility drain 1/4" FNPTProcess drain 1/4" FNPT

Optional 1/4" FNPT Auto-Refill Port

Process drain valve

Process Discharge1" FNPT Wrought Iron

DRAIN

Water-cooled only

Power Inlet

ThermoFlex15000/20000/24000

• Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Section 2

2-20 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 3-1 Thermo Scientific

Section 3 Installation

Ambient Temperature Range* 10°C to 40°C (50°F to 104°F)

Relative Humidity Range 10% to 80% (non-condensing)

Operating Altitude* Sea Level to 8000 feet (2438 meters)

Overvoltage Category II

Pollution Degree 2

Degree of Protection IP 20

Never place the chiller in a location where excessive heat, moisture, inadequate ventilation, or corrosive materials are present.

Note Refer to the nameplate information on the rear of the chiller.

Air-cooled chillers retain their full rated capacity at 20°C setpoint in ambient temperatures up to 25°C (77°F). For ambient temperatures above 25°C please de-rate the cooling capacity 3% for every 1°C above 25°C (77°F), up to a maximum ambient temperature of 40°C (104°F). Note that when operating at a process temperature lower than 20°C the de-rate percentage may increase due to additional gains from losses to ambient.

Note Depending on the setpoint and ambient temperatures, there may be a heat gain or loss through the plumbing resulting in a variation from setpoint temperature at the application inlet. Applications with large temperature variations between ambient and setpoint temperatures, and/or long plumbing lengths, may require additional insulation.

ThermoFlex2500 air-cooled chillers have a two-speed fan. Should the chiller's internal ambient temperature reach 50°C for 30 seconds, or reach 53°C, the fan speed will switch from slow speed to high speed to maintain internal temperatures within acceptable limits. When the temperature reaches 44°C or below for at least 15 minutes the speed will return to low. When in high speed the chiller's decibel level increases significantly.

Note High speed is required for the chiller to achieve its 2500 watt cooling capacity. At high-end operating conditions the fan can be set to run at high speed all the time using the controller's Setup Loop, see Section 4.

Site Requirements

*Because of the decrease in air density, maximum temperature for the air entering an air-cooled ThermoFlex is reduced by 1°C per 1,000 feet above sea level. In addition, cooling capacity is reduced 1.2% per 1,000 feet above sea level.

CAUTION

Section 3

3-2 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Chillers installed below the end-user application may enable system fluid to drain back into the chiller and cause spillage. Thermo Fisher offers an anti-drainback kit to prevent any spillage, see Section 5.

Air-cooled chillers can be installed with both sides blocked, or one side and the rear. See Figure 3-1. The front of the chiller needs a minimum clearance of 24". Air will enter the front of the system and exit through the sides and rear.

Having two sides blocked can impact the chiller's performance due to changes in air flow. If your installation requires two blocked sides please ensure that the following requirements are met:

Process Setpoint Temperature: Below 30°C (86°F)

Ambient: Below 40°C (104°F)

Before operating the chiller in conditions outside any of those listed on this page please contact Thermo Fisher Scientific's Sales, Service and Customer Support to review your installation.

Figure 3-1 Minimum Clearance

Section 3

ThermoFlex 3-3 Thermo Scientific

Electrical Requirements

The chiller's construction provides protection against the risk of electrical shock by grounding appropriate metal parts. The protection will not function unless the power cord is connected to a properly grounded outlet. It is the user's responsibility to assure a proper ground connection is provided.

The chiller must be installed in accordance with the National Electrical Code and the with reference to the information on the chiller's nameplate located on the rear.

Locate the chiller so it is near, and has easy access to, its disconnecting device.

The user is responsible to ensure that the line cord provided meets local electrical codes. If not, contact qualified installation personnel.

The chiller is intended for use on a dedicated outlet. The ThermoFlex has an internal circuit protection that is equivalent (approximately) to the branch circuit rating. This is to protect the ThermoFlex, and is not intended as a substitute for branch circuit protection.

DANGER

* Refer to Appendix A for country specific ratings. Continued on next page.

Electrical Service Requirements (Standard chillers):

ThermoFlex900 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Requirements

Line Cord Plug

100 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø 15A 5-15P

115 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 15A 5-15P

200 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P

208-230 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P

230 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø *16A1, 15A2, 13A3 -

ThermoFlex1400 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Requirements

Line Cord Plug

100 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø 20A 5-20P

115 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 20A 5-20P

200 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P

208-230 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P

230 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø *16A1, 15A2, 13A3 -

ThermoFlex2500 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Requirements

Line Cord Plug

200 VAC P 1, P 2 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P

208-230 VAC P 1, P 2 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P

200 VAC T 1 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 20A 6-20P

208-230 VAC T 1 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 20A 6-20P

230 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø *16A1, 15A2, 13A3 -

Section 3

3-4 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Continued on next page.

Electrical Service Requirements (Standard chillers):

ThermoFlex3500/5000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Requirements

Line Cord Plug

200 VAC P 1, P 2 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P

200 VAC T 1, P 3 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 20A 6-20P

200 VAC P 4 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 30A 6-30P

208-230 VAC P 1, P 2 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P

208-230 VAC T 1, P 3 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 20A 6-20P

208-230 VAC P 4 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 30A 6-30P

230 VAC P 1 - P 4 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø *16A1, 15A2, 13A3 -

ThermoFlex7500/10000(Air-cooled)

Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

200 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 16.5 30 L15-20P

200 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 18.7 30 L15-20P

200 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 22.3 35 L15-30P

208-230 VAC P 2 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 16.5 30 L15-20P

208-230 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 18.7 30 L15-20P

208-230 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 22.3 35 L15-30P

400 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 10.9 20 IEC309

400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 9.6 15 IEC309

400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 11.8 15 IEC309

400 VAC T 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 8.9 15 IEC309

ThermoFlex7500/10000(Water-cooled)

Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

200 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 16.2 30 L15-20P

200 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 18.4 30 L15-20P

200 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 22.0 35 L15-30P

208-230 VAC P 2 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 16.2 30 L15-20P

208-230 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 18.4 30 L15-20P

208-230 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 22.0 35 L15-30P

400 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 10.6 20 IEC309

400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 9.3 15 IEC309

400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 11.5 20 IEC309

400 VAC T 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 8.9 15 IEC309

MCA = Minimum Current Ampacity

MOPD = Maximum Overcurrent Protective Device

Values reflect those on the nameplate located on the rear of the chiller.

Section 3

ThermoFlex 3-5 Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex15000/20000(Air-cooled)

Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

208-230 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 32.2 60 Hard wire

208-230 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 35.8 60 Hard wire

400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 15.9 30 Hard wire

400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 18.1 30 Hard wire

ThermoFlex15000/20000(Water-cooled)

Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

208-230 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 28.7 50 Hard wire

208-230 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 32.3 60 Hard wire

400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 14.5 25 Hard wire

400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 16.7 30 Hard wire

ThermoFlex24000(Air-cooled)

Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

208-230 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 43.9 70 Hard wire

208-230 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 47.5 80 Hard wire

400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 20.1 35 Hard wire

400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 22.3 40 Hard wire

ThermoFlex24000(Water-cooled)

Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

208-230 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 37.1 70 Hard wire

208-230 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 40.7 70 Hard wire

400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 18.8 35 Hard wire

400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 21.0 35 Hard wire

For installation information on variable voltage chillers refer to Appendix B.Refer to the nameplate label located on the rear of the chiller for specific electrical requirements.

* United States and Japan only. All other plugs are country specific.

ThermoFlex900 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Requirements

Line Cord Plug

115 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 15A 5-15P*

100 VAC 50/60 Hz 1Ø 15A 5-15P*

ThermoFlex1400 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Requirements

Line Cord Plug

115 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 20A -

100 VAC 50/60 Hz 1Ø 20A -

Electrical Service Requirements (Variable voltage chillers):

Section 3

3-6 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex900 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Requirements

Line Cord Plug

200/208/230 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 15A -

200/230 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø **16A1, 15A2, 13A3 -

ThermoFlex1400 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Requirements

Line Cord Plug

200/208/230 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 15A -

200/230 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø **16A1, 15A2, 13A3 -

ThermoFlex2500 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Requirements

Line Cord Plug

200 VAC T 1 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 15A -

208-230 VAC T 1 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 20A -

230 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø *16A1, 15A2, 13A3 -

ThermoFlex3500/5000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Requirements

Line Cord Plug

200/208-230 VAC P 1 P 3 Pump 50/60 Hz 1Ø 15A -

200/208-230 VAC T 1 P 3 Pump 50/60 Hz 1Ø 20A -

200/208-230 VAC P 4 Pump 50/60 Hz 1Ø 30A Hard wired

Electrical Service Requirements (Global Voltage chillers):

ThermoFlex7500/10000(Air-cooled)

Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

400 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 8.8 15 Hard wire

400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 10.1 20 Hard wire

400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 12.3 20 Hard wire

460 VAC P 2 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 8.8 15 Hard wire

460 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 10.1 20 Hard wire

460 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 12.3 20 Hard wire

ThermoFlex7500/10000(Water-cooled)

Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

400 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 8.4 15 Hard wire

400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 9.7 20 Hard wire

400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 11.9 20 Hard wire

460 VAC P 2 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 8.4 15 Hard wire

460 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 9.7 20 Hard wire

460 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 11.9 20 Hard wire

Continued on next page.

Section 3

ThermoFlex 3-7 Thermo Scientific

** Chillers selected for 230 VAC operation have a range of -10% to +7%. Refer to Appendix A for country specific ratings.

For installation information on global voltage chillers refer to Appendix B.Refer to the nameplate label located on the rear of the chiller for specific electrical requirements.

ThermoFlex15000/20000(Air-cooled)

Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 16.2 30 Hard wire

400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 18.4 30 Hard wire

460 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 16.2 30 Hard wire

460 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 18.4 30 Hard wire

ThermoFlex15000/20000(Water-cooled)

Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 14.5 25 Hard wire

400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 16.7 30 Hard wire

460 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 14.5 25 Hard wire

460 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 16.7 30 Hard wire

ThermoFlex24000(Air-cooled)

Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 20.1 35 Hard wire

400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 22.3 40 Hard wire

460 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 20.1 35 Hard wire

460 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 22.3 40 Hard wire

ThermoFlex24000(Water-cooled)

Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 18.8 35 Hard wire

400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 21.0 35 Hard wire

460 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 18.8 35 Hard wire

460 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 21.0 35 Hard wire

MCA = Minimum Current Ampacity

MOPD = Maximum Overcurrent Protective Device

Values reflect those on the nameplate located on the rear of the chiller .

Section 3

3-8 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Hard Wire Installation For personal safety and equipment reliability, only a qualified technician should perform the following procedure.

Note The technician is responsible for installing circuit protection for incoming power. Before wiring consult the nameplate on the rear of the chiller. Ensue installation is in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any other applicable country and local codes.

For ThermoFlex900 through 10000 chillersRemove the six screws securing the electrical box cover to the chiller.• Remove the double knock out ( • 7/8" and 1 3/32").Insert the cable through the hole.• Refer to the label in the electrical box to configure your chiller, see Figure 3-3.• Secure the cable's ground wire to the ground stud.• Reinstall the cover.•

For ThermoFlex15000, 20000 and 24000 chillers Remove the five screws securing the electrical panel to the chiller.• Refer to the label in the electrical box to configure your chiller, see Figure 3-3.• Secure the cable's ground wire to the ground stud.• Reinstall the panel..•

(2)

Terminal Block

Ground Stud Knock Out

(2)

(2)

Figure 3-2 Electrical Box

Figure 3-3 Sample Label

WARNING

Section 3

ThermoFlex 3-9 Thermo Scientific

Plumbing Requirements

Ensure that all shipping plugs are removed before installation.

Never connect the process fluid lines to your facility water supply or any pressurized liquid source.

To prevent damage to the chiller's plate exchanger, centrifugal pumps require a 4.0 gpm (15.1 lpm) minimum flow rate.

P 1 and P 2 pumps are capable of producing 185 psig. Ensure your plumbing is rated to withstand this pressure at your operating temperature. An external pressure relief valve is available, see Section 5.

Note Ensure your plumbing installation develops a back pressure to the ThermoFlex greater than 3 PSIG. Lower pressure will shut down the chiller.

The process fluid connections are located on the rear of the chiller and are labeled (PRoCESS ouTLET) and (PRoCeSS InLeT).

Process Fluid Connections (FNPT)outlet ThermoFlex900 - 10000 P 1 P 2 T 0 T 1 1/2" cast bronzeThermoFlex3500 - 5000 P 3 P 4 3/4" cast bronzeThermoFlex7500 - 24000 P 3 P 5 T 5 1" wrought copperInlet - Same size as outlet all connections stainless steel

Supplied AdaptersP 1 P 2 T 0 T 1 1/2" x 3/8'' Polyethylene and 1/2" x 1/2" Nylon P 3 P 4 3/4 MPT x 1/2 barb PVCP 3 P 5 T 5 1" MPT x 1" Barb PVC and 1" MPT x 3/4" Barb PVC

CAUTION

CAUTION

CAUTION

1/4" Female NPT Riton Reservoir Drain Plug

See Section 2 for the specific locations on your chiller.

Figure 3-4 Typical Plumbing Connections (1 of 2)DRAIN

Stainless steel outlet connection for chillers with P 1/P 2 pumps and a flow transducer

Section 3

3-10 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Water-cooled Chillers For water-cooled chillers the facility water plumbing connections are also located on the rear and are labeled FACILITY InLeT and FACILITY ouTLET. The connections are ½" Female NPT for ThermoFlex900 - 5000, ¾" Female NPT for ThermoFlex7500 - 24000. Both connections for ThermoFlex900 to 10000 are cast bronze. The supply connections for ThermoFlex15000 to 24000 are cast bronze, the return connections are stainless steel.

Connect the FACILITY InLeT to your facility water supply. Connect the FACILITY ouTLeT to your facility water return or drain. Ensure all connections are secure and that the proper sealant/lubricant for the fitting material is used. (If Teflon® tape is used, ensure the tape does not overhang the first thread as it could shred and get into the fluid.)

Connect the PRoCESS ouTLET to the fluid inlet on your application. Connect the PRoCeSS InLeT to the fluid outlet on your application. Ensure all connections are secure and that the proper sealant/lubricant for the fitting material is used. (If Teflon® tape is used, ensure the tape does not overhang the first thread as it could shred and get into the fluid.) Keep the distance between the chiller and the instrument being cooled as short as possible. Ensure tubing is straight and without bends. If diameter reductions are required, make them at the inlet and outlet of your application, not at the ThermoFlex.

Figure 3-4 Typical Plumbing Connections (2 of 2)

Process Fluid Flow

Process Fluid Flow

Application

Figure 3-5 Typical Plumbing Connections, Water-cooled Chillers

See Section 2 for the specific locations on your chiller.

Section 3

ThermoFlex 3-11 Thermo Scientific

Process Fluid Requirements

Do not use automotive antifreeze. Commercial antifreeze contains silicates that can damage the pump seals. Use of any fluid not listed below will void the manufacturer’s warranty.

Approved fluids are:

Filtered/Single Distilled water

0 - 75% Ethylene Glycol/Water

0 - 75% Propylene Glycol/Water

Deionized water (1 - 3 MΩ-cm, compensated)

Ethylene glycol (EG) is poisonous and flammable. Before using any fluid or performing maintenance where contact with the fluid is likely refer to the manufacturer’s most current MSDS for handling precautions.

EG is also hygroscopic, it will absorb water from its environment. This can affect the freezing point and boiling point of the fluid over time and may result in system failure.

To prevent freezing/glazing of the plate exchanger, ThermoFlex7500 through 24000 chillers require the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water below 10°C process temperature.

When using a process fluid mixture of ethylene glycol and water or propylene glycol and water, check the fluid concentration and pH on a regular basis. Changes in concentration and pH can impact system performance.

When using EG/water or PG/water, top-off with plain water. After top-off check the fluid concentration.

Do not use a Deionization (DI) filter cartridge with Inhibited EG or Inhibited PG. A DI filter will remove inhibitors from the solution rendering the fluid ineffective against corrosion protection. Also, inhibitors increase fluid conductivity.

WARNING

WARNING

CAUTION

CAUTION

CAUTION

CAUTION

CAUTION

Section 3

3-12 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Compatibility with Approved

Fluids

Filtered Tap Water/Single Distilled Water Filtered drinking water and single distilled water are good choices for recirculating chillers because the filtering/distilling process used removes microorganisms that could create biological fouling as well as harmful particulates and excessive minerals that could cause deposits and scaling.

Chlorine Short term usage of tap water may not cause any adverse affects on the chiller or your application, but in the long term problems may arise. To help alleviate these problems Thermo Fisher Scientific recommends the use of chlorine.

The duration of time that chlorine remains in solution depends on factors such as water temperature, pH and availability of direct sunlight. We recommend maintaining chlorine levels at proper levels using chlorine test strips, generally 1 to 5 ppm is adequate.

For best results, maintain the pH of the fluid between 6.5 and 7.5. Do not add additional chlorine without first determining the concentration ratio that already exists in the fluid supply. Corrosion and degradation of the circulation components can result from concentration ratios that are too high. Contact our customer support for additional information.

Deionized Water Deionized water is water that has had its mineral ions removed using ion exchange resins. The purpose of this process is to remove the ions that allow electrical current to flow more easily through water. This helps to prevent electrical leaks to ground through the recirculating fluid. Deionized water is classified by the electrical resistance of the water, usually measured in MΩ/cm, with pure water having a resistance of 18 MΩcm.

Water that has been deionized is in an unbalanced state and will leach the missing ions from the materials it comes in contact with. The aggressive nature of this leaching can cause pitting on metal surfaces. It should also be noted that the deionizing process does not remove microorganisms. Because of this, it is recommended that only applications that have a specified requirement for deionized water should use deionized water.

In any case, only deionized water with a resistivity between 1 and 3 MΩcm is approved for use in Thermo Fisher Scientific recirculating chillers.

Recommended Biocides and Inhibitors Thermo Fisher Scientific offers a biocide and inhibitor package (NALCO) premixed with 5 gallons of water or as a kit to be added to water. No other biocide or inhibitor is recommended for use in our recirculating chillers.

Biocides are corrosive and can cause irreversible eye damage and skin burns. They are harmful if inhaled, swallowed or absorbed through the skin. Refer to the manufacturer's most current MSDS. WARNING

Section 3

ThermoFlex 3-13 Thermo Scientific

Uninhibited Ethylene Glycol/Water Ethylene glycol is used to depress the freezing point of water and should only be used at temperatures where freeze point suppression is required. Ethylene glycol does not improve heat transfer and is not recommended for use as a biocide. Because glycols lower the surface tension of water and do not evaporate as readily as water, they may cause visible weepage past the pump seals. If weepage cannot be tolerated, seal-less, magnetically driven pumps should be used where available.

Uninhibited simply means that the glycol does not contain any additives to prevent corrosion. While uninhibited ethylene glycol is acceptable for use, the pH level must be closely monitored and the fluid may need to be replaced more often. All glycols produce acids in the presence of air and the fluid should be changed if the pH falls below 8. Note that litmus paper will not work to test the pH of ethylene glycol/water.

Inhibited Ethylene Glycol/Water Inhibited glycol can help protect the wetted metals within the cooling circuit from corrosion caused by poor water quality, ethylene glycol oxidation (low pH) and mixed metals (electrolysis). The inhibitor works by either leaving a barrier coating on metal surfaces to buffer them from the corrosive fluid or by creating an oxidized layer that protects the underlying metal (passivating).

Inhibited automotive glycols are never acceptable. They use either silicates or Organic Acid Technology (OAT) as the inhibitor and these components are not compatible with the polymers used in recirculating chillers including the pump seals and internal hoses.

Inhibitors may also accelerate pump seal wear and seal-less, magnetically driven pumps should be used where available.

Uninhibited Propylene Glycol/Water Propylene glycol does not transfer heat as well as ethylene glycol, but can be used when freeze point suppression is required as well as lower toxicity.

Propylene glycol does not function as a biocide and the pH needs to be maintained the same as with ethylene glycol as it also produces acid when oxidized.

Inhibited Propylene Glycol/Water Inhibited propylene glycol has the same properties as uninhibited propylene glycol and the same concerns as inhibited ethylene glycol.

Section 3

3-14 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Process Fluid Permissible (PPM) Desirable (PPM)

Microbiologicals (algae, bacteria, fungi) 0 0

Inorganic ChemicalsCalcium <25 <0.6Chloride <25 <10 Copper <1.3 <1.00.020 ppm if fluid in contact with aluminumIron <0.3 <0.1Lead <0.015 0Magnesium <12 <0.1Manganese <0.05 <0.03Nitrates\Nitrites <10 as N 0Potassium <20 <0.3Silicate <25 <1.0Sodium <20 <0.3Sulfate <25 <1Hardness <17 <0.05Total Dissolved Solids <50 <10

Other ParameterspH 6.5-8.5 7-8Resistivity 0.01* 0.05-0.1*

* MΩ-cm (compensated to 25°C)

unfavorably high total ionized solids (TIS) can accelerate the rate of galvanic corrosion. These contaminants can function as electrolytes which increase the potential for galvanic cell corrosion and lead to localized corrosion such as pitting. Eventually, the pitting will become so extensive that refrigerant will leak into the water reservoir.

As an example, raw water in the united States averages 171 ppm (of NaCl). The recommended level for use in a water system is between 0.5 to 5.0 ppm (of NaCl).

Recommendation: Initially fill the tank with distilled or deionized water within a range of 1-3 MΩ-cm. (It is acceptable to have the fluid drop to the

Process Water Quality and

Standards

When using the ThermoFlex chiller to circulate through aluminum, a compatible corrosion inhibitor should be utilized to prevent galvanic corrosion.

Fluid viscosity should be 50 cSt or less at the lowest temperature used.

Visible pump weepage may occur when compatible glycols, oils or other additives are used. Pump weepage is considered as a normal operating condition of mechanical seal pumps.

Additional Fluid Information

Section 3

ThermoFlex 3-15 Thermo Scientific

Facility Water Quality and

Standards (water-cooled

chillers)

Facility Water Permissible (PPM) Desirable (PPM)

Microbiologicals (algae, bacteria, fungi) 0 0

Inorganic ChemicalsCalcium <40 <0.6Chloride <250 <25 Copper <1.3 <1.00.020 ppm if fluid in contact with aluminumIron <0.3 <0.1Lead <0.015 0Magnesium <12 <0.1Manganese <0.05 <0.03Nitrates\Nitrites <10 as N 0Potassium <20 <0.3Silicate <25 <1.0Sodium <20 <0.3Sulfate <250 <50Hardness <17 <0.05Total Dissolved Solids <50 <10

Note A corrosion inhibitor is recommended if mixed metals are in the facility water loop.

other levels over-time.) Do not use untreated tap water as the total ionized solids level may be too high. This will reduce the electrolytic potential of the water and prevent or reduce the galvanic corrosion observed.

Section 3

3-16 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Facility Water Maximum Inlet Pressure must not exceed 150 PSIG.

Facility Water Maximum Pressure Differential must not exceed 50 PSID. (Pressure Differential = Inlet Pressure - outlet Pressure)

Note Before using facility water that is above 35°C contact Thermo Fisher Scientific.

The facility water must meet the following conditions for the chiller to maintain its full rated capacity.

Faci

lity

Pre

ssur

e D

rop

PS

ID

0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 Facility Flow - GPM

Faci

lity

Tem

pera

ture

°C

45403530252015105

4.54.03.53.02.52.01.51.00.5

°CPSID

Facility Water Requirements

(water-cooled chillers)

ThermoFlex1400 Example:Follow the lines.Start with a known, e.g., facility water temperature.A - go across to temperature curveB - drop down to determine the minimum required facility flow.C - Where B crosses the PSID curve, go across to determine the minimum required PSID.

AB

C

Faci

lity

Pre

ssur

e D

rop

PS

ID

2 4 6 8 Facility Flow - GPM

Faci

lity

Tem

pera

ture

°C

45403530252015105

30

25

20

15

10

5

°C

PSID

ThermoFlex2500

AB

C

Faci

lity

Tem

pera

ture

°C

45403530252015105

2 4 6 8 10 Facility Flow - GPM

Faci

lity

Pre

ssur

e D

rop

PS

ID

45403530252015105

°C

PSID

ThermoFlex3500/5000

A

BC

Example: See above.

Example: See above.

CAUTION

Section 3

ThermoFlex 3-17 Thermo Scientific

Faci

lity

Tem

pera

ture

°C

5 10 15 20 Facility Flow - GPM

Faci

lity

Pre

ssur

e D

rop

PS

ID

30

25

20

15

10

5

°C

PSID

ThermoFlex7500/10000

ThermoFlex15000/20000

ThermoFlex24000

Example: See below.

Example: See below.

Example:Follow the lines.Start with a known, e.g., facility water temperature.A - go across to temperature curveB - go down or up to determine the minimum required facility flow.C - Where B crosses the PSID curve, go across to determine the minimum required PSID.

A

B

C

Faci

lity

Tem

pera

ture

°C

Faci

lity

Tem

pera

ture

°C

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

5 10 15 20 25 30 Facility Flow - GPM

5 10 15 20 25 30 Facility Flow - GPM

Faci

lity

Pre

ssur

e D

rop

PS

IDFa

cilit

y P

ress

ure

Dro

p P

SID

60

50

40

30

20

10

30

25

20

15

10

5

PSID

PSID

A

A

B

B

C

C

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

°C

°C

Section 3

3-18 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Initial Filling Ensure the reservoir drain plug on the back of the chiller is in place, or the Riton fitting is closed, and that all plumbing connections are secure.

Before using any fluid refer to the manufacturer’s MSDS for handling precautions.

The reservoir has a sight tube and ball for easy fluid level monitoring. Slowly fill the reservoir with clean process fluid through the funnel only, failure to comply may result in internal spillage.

Note Filling the reservoir above MAX LeVeL fill line will result in an over flow error (O FLO) causing the chiller to shut down.

Since the reservoir capacity may be small compared to your application and air may need to be purged from the lines, have extra cooling fluid on hand to keep the system topped off when external circulation is started.

Figure 3-6 Reservoir Cap

Before replacing the reservoir cap ensure the reservoir sight tube ball stopper is securely in place, see next page.

Replace the reservoir cap by screwing it clockwise. Cap should be hand tight.

Reservoir Sight Tube & BallMAX

LEVEL

MIN LEVEL

Figure 3-7 Reservoir Sight Tube & Ball

WARNINGLocate and remove the reservoir cap by unscrewing it counterclockwise.

To prevent the introduction of particulates into the system, fill the chiller with the reservoir bag filter in place. Chillers are shipped with a bag filter in place. For information on changing the bag filter, see Section 6.

CAUTION

Section 3

ThermoFlex 3-19 Thermo Scientific

Fluid Top Off Remove the reservoir cap by unscrewing it counterclockwise.

To prevent the introduction of particulates into the system, fill the chiller with the reservoir bag filter in place. Chillers are shipped with a bag filter in place. For information on changing the bag filter, see Section 6.

The reservoir has a sight tube and ball for easy fluid level monitoring. Slowly fill the reservoir with clean process fluid through the funnel only, failure to comply may result in internal spillage.

Note Filling the reservoir above MAX LeVeL fill line will result in an over flow error (O FLO) causing the chiller to shut down. Also, fluids expand when heated.

Note Adding fluid that has a temperature differential with the fluid already in the reservoir will temporarily affect the chiller's stability performance.

Before replacing the reservoir cap ensure the reservoir sight tube ball stopper is securely in place.

Reservoir Ball Stopper

Figure 3-8 Reservoir Ball Stopper

CAUTION

Section 3

3-20 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 4-1 Thermo Scientific

Basic Controller

Section 4 Operation

The controller controls temperature using a Proportional-Integral-Derivative (PID) algorithm. It is designed with an easy to use operator interface.

This key is used to start and stop the chiller.

This key is used to navigate through the controller displays, to make changes and to save changes once they are made. It is also used to clear error codes.

This key is also used to navigate through controller displays.

The up arrow key is used to navigate through the controller displays and to increase adjustable values.

The down arrow key is used to navigate through the controller displays and to decrease adjustable values.

Figure 4-1 Basic Controller

mode

enter

+

-enter

mode

+

-

Section 4

4-2 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Start Up

Setup Note For first time use, please refer to the quick start instructions included with your chiller or the copy in this manual. The manual's version follows the Table of Contents.

Before starting the chiller, double check all electrical and plumbing connections. Have extra recirculating fluid on hand. If the chiller will not start refer to Section 7 Troubleshooting.

If the chiller is equipped with a deionization filter cartridge refer to Section 5 for installation.

• Place the optional GFCI breaker located on the rear to the up position.

• For ThermoFlex900 through 10000s, place the circuit protector located on the rear to the on ( I ) position. The display will indicate a series of upward scrolling bars ( ).

• For ThermoFlex15000 and 24000s, the display will indicate a series of upward scrolling bars ( ) as soon as power is supplied.

• The bars will scroll upward indicating the controller is initializing. The initialization takes approximately 15 seconds.

• When the bars disappear the controller display will go blank.

• Press the key on the controller. The controller will show the process fluid temperature. The pump and refrigeration system will also start. Note You can press the key anytime after placing the circuit protector to the on position.

If the auto restart is enabled and the chiller shuts down as a result of a power failure, when power is restored the chiller will automatically restart. Auto restart is enabled using the Setup Loop, see Setup Loop in this Section.

Note After initial start up, check your plumbing for leaks.

CAUTION

Section 4

ThermoFlex 4-3 Thermo Scientific

If desired, press the key to display the pump's discharge pressure - P 1. The display will alternate between P 1 and the pump's discharge pressure value.

If the chiller is equipped with an optional flow transducer, pressing again will display the flow rate - FLo. The display will alternate

between FLo and the flow rate value.

After displaying P1 or FLo for 60 seconds, if the key is not depressed the display will automatically revert to the process fluid temperature.

Press again to display the process fluid temperature.

P 1 - Pump discharge pressure in PSI, bar or kPa*.

FLo - Flow rate in liters or gallons per minute* (optional feature).

* See Setup Loop in this Section to change displayed scales.

indicates the controller display is alternating between the two displays.

Figure 4-2 Main Loop

FLo

xx.x C

xx

xx

P1

Section 4

4-4 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

mode mode modemode

Controller Loops The controller has the capability to display various loops which indicate operating conditions and parameters. The loops are selected and changed by pressing the appropriate keys.

When the controller is first powered up it goes through a short initialization (~15 seconds) and then displays the process fluid temperature. Use the key combination shown below to scroll through the loops.

SP is the Setpoint Loop and is used to display and change the setpoint. The setpoint is the desired process fluid temperature needed for your application. The Setpoint Loop is accessed by pressing the key, see next page.

SEtuP is the Setup Loop. The Setup Loop allows you to display and/or alter different parameters of the controller. The Setup Loop is accessed from the SP display by pressing the key.

diA is the Diagnostic Loop. The Diagnostic Loop allows you to display the operating times for various components. The Diagnostic Loop is accessed from the Setup display by pressing the key, see Section 6 for more details.

Note The loops can be accessed and changed without the chiller running as long as the circuit protector (ThermoFlex900-10000s) is in the on ( I ) position.

Figure 4-3 Controller Loops (Chiller running)

SP SEtuP diA

xx.x C

Figure 4-4 Controller Loops (Chiller not running)

mode mode modemode

SP SEtuP diA

Section 4

ThermoFlex 4-5 Thermo Scientific

SP

xx.x C

xx.x C

mode

enter enter

Setpoint Loop ( )

• Ensure the controller is either a blank screen or displaying the process fluid temperature.

• Press the key and the controller display will alternate between SP and the setpoint value.

• If no change is required press the key to return the controller to the previous display.

• If a setpoint change is required, use the keys.

The setpoint range is +5°C to +40°C (41°F to 104°F).

Note If the are not used within one minute the controller will time out and return to the previous display, any changes will not be saved.

• Once the desired value is displayed press the key to confirm the change.

• The controller will return to the process fluid temperature display or a blank screen.

indicates the controller display is alternating between the two displays.

Figure 4-5 Setpoint Loop

or

Section 4

4-6 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Setup Loop ( )

Use the Setup Loop to adjust/verify the following controller settings.

• Scales: temperature in °C or °F, flow in liters per minute or gallons per minute (only chillers with an optional flow transducer), and pressure in PSI, bar or kPa

• High and low temperature alarm limits• High and low pump discharge pressure alarm limits and time delays• Chiller reaction to a temperature, pressure or flow (optional) alarm limit

(continue to run or shut down)• Audible alarm enabled/disabled• View/change the fan speed (ThermoFlex2500 air-cooled only)• Auto restart feature enabled/disabled• Preventive care cleaning frequency reminder for air and fluid filters

Optional Features:• Global voltage• Analog I/O• Auto refill alarm• DI filter cartridge preventive maintenance interval• High/low flow alarm limits• Serial communications• Anti drainback valve position

• Save or not save all changes

To enter the Setup Loop ensure the controller display is either a blank screen (chiller off) or displaying the process fluid temperature. Press the

key and the display will indicate SP, press it again to display SEtuP.

Press the key to continue, or press twice to return to the process fluid temperature or blank display.

Use to sequence down through the loop. Use to sequence back through the loop up to the Hi t display, see next page.

To change any parameter:

Press the key.

Use the keys to change a displayed value.

Press key to confirm the change and bring up the next display.

Section 4

ThermoFlex 4-7 Thermo Scientific

diA9SP SEtuP

enter

mode mode mode mode

xx.x C xx.x C

xx

xx

Hi t

UnitS

Lo t Lo t

xx

xx

xx

xx

Hi P1

Lo P1

Hi P1

dELAY enter

enterenter

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

Hi t

UnitS degx

Lo P1

Figure 4-6 Setup Loop (All Chillers)

or or

Continued on next page.

• UnitS are the temperature, fluid flow (only chillers with an optional flow transducer) and pressure display scales. Scales: °C or °F Defaults: °C GPM or LPM GPM PSI, Bar or kPa PSI • Hi t is the fluid's High Temperature alarm limit. Range: +3°C to +42°C Default: +42°C Exceeding this limit flashes Hi t and, if enabled, sounds the alarm. The chiller reaction depends on the alarm configuration (see ALr on next page).

• Lo t is the fluid's Low Temperature alarm limit. Range: +3°C to +42°C Default: +3°C Falling below this limit flashes Lo t and, if enabled, sounds the alarm. The chiller reaction depends on the alarm configuration (see ALr on next page).

• Hi P1 is the pump's High Pressure discharge alarm limit. T 1 T 0 Pump Range: 3 to 100 PSI Default: 100 PSI T 5 Pump Range: 2 to 105 PSI Default: 105 PSI P 1 P 2 Pump Range: 3 to 100 PSI Default: 100 PSI P 3 Pump 60Hz Range: 3 to 46 PSI Default: 46 PSI P 3 Pump 50Hz Range: 3 to 32 PSI Default: 32 PSI P 4 Pump 60Hz Range: 3 to 85 PSI Default: 85 PSI P 4 Pump 50Hz Range: 3 to 60 PSI Default: 60 PSI P 5 Pump 60Hz Range: 3 to 87 PSI Default: 87 PSI P 5 Pump 50Hz Range: 3 to 56 PSI Default: 56 PSI Exceeding this limit flashes Hi P1 and, if enabled, sounds the alarm (see Sound on next page).

• dELAY is the length of time the pump can exceed the Hi P1 alarm limit. Note This feature is only active if the chiller is configured to shut down with a pressure alarm. P 1, P 2, T 0 and T 1 Range: 0 to 30 seconds Default: 0 seconds P 3 - P 5, T 5 Range: 0 to 60 seconds Default: 0 seconds Exceeding this limit flashes Hi P1 and, if enabled, sounds the alarm. The chiller reaction depends on the alarm configuration (see ALr on next page).

Section 4

4-8 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Figure 4-6 Setup Loop (All Chillers)

• Lo P1 is the pump's Low Pressure discharge alarm limit. T 0 T 1 Pump Range: 3 to 100 PSI Default: 4 PSI T 5 Pump Range: 2 to 105 PSI Default: 2 PSI P 1 P 2 Pump Range: 3 to 100 PSI Default: 4 PSI P 3 Pump 60Hz Range: 3 to 46 PSI Default: 4 PSI P 3 Pump 50Hz Range: 3 to 32 PSI Default: 4 PSI P 4 Pump 60Hz Range: 3 to 85 PSI Default: 4 PSI P 4 Pump 50Hz Range: 3 to 60 PSI Default: 4 PSI P 5 Pump 60Hz Range: 3 to 87 PSI Default: 4 PSI P 5 Pump 50Hz Range: 3 to 56 PSI Default: 4 PSI Going below this limit flashes Lo P1 and, if enabled, sounds the alarm.

• dELAY is the length of time the pump can exceed the Lo P1 alarm limit. Note This feature is only active if the chiller is configured to shut down with a pressure alarm. Range: 0 to 30 seconds Default: 10 seconds Exceeding this limit flashes Lo P1 and, if enabled, sounds the alarm. The chiller reaction depends on the ALr alarm configuration set below.

• ALr is used to configure the chiller's reaction for exceeding an alarm limit (temperature, pressure and optional flow). The chiller will either shut down (FLt) or continue to run (indC). In each configuration, the controller will display the error code and sound the audible alarm, if enabled. Range: FLt or indC Default: FLt

• FAnSP is used to control the fan speed (air-cooled 2500 only). Auto allows the fan to run under the conditions listed in Section 3. Selecting Hi allows the fan to run at high speed all the time. Note Hi is required for chillers to achieve a ThermoFlex2500 watt cooling capacity. Range: Auto or Hi Default: Auto

• Sound is used to enable/disable the audible alarm. Range: on or oFF Default: on

Continued on next page.

Continued from previous page

enter

enterenter

Sound

FAnSP

ALr

Lo P1 Lo P1 xx

xx

on

Auto

oFF

Hi

Sound

FAnSP

enter

enter

StArt

ALrenterFLt

indCenter

enter

enter

dELAY

Section 4

ThermoFlex 4-9 Thermo Scientific

Figure 4-6 Setup Loop (All Chillers)

Save all changesDo not save all changes

• StArt is used to enable/disable the auto restart function. When enabled the chiller will automatically restart after a power failure or power interruption condition. Range: on or oFF Default: oFF

• CArE is used to set the preventive care cleaning frequency reminder for the chiller's air and fluid filters, in hours. The time selected is based on your operating environment, see Section 6. Range: off Default: L1 L1 (1000 hours) L2 (2000 hours) L3 (3000 hours) Off disables the reminder. Exceeding this limit flashes FLtrS, see Section 6.

Note If your chiller is equipped with any of the Optional Features refer to the next page.

When the display indicates StorE press to save all changes or press to not save all changes. The display will return either the process fluid temperature or, if the chiller was off when you entered the loop, a blank screen.

Continued from previous page

xx

on

oFF

LxCArE

AUto

StorE

StArt

CArE enter

enter

enter

enter

Section 4

4-10 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Figure 4-7 Setup Loop (Optional Features)

Continued on next page.

xx

xxx

xx

xx

FLt

indC

xx

di t

SEc

HZ

ALr

di t

FiLL

LoFLO

HiFLO HiFLO enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

OPT

HZ

CArE• HZ is used to identify the incoming frequency for chiller's with P 3 - P 5 pumps and the capability to run on either 50 Hz or 60 Hz. The selected frequency automatically adjusts the firmware's fixed high pressure default setting. Range: 50 Hz or 60 Hz Default: 60 Hz

• OPt is used to configure the analog in/out mode of operation. See Appendix C.

• FiLL is used to set the time limit the auto refill has for filling the reservoir to the normal operating level. Range: 0 to 900 seconds Default: 45 seconds ThermoFlex900 - 5000 80 seconds ThermoFlex7500 - 24000 Exceeding the time limit flashes rEFiL and the auto refill will shut off. The chiller's reaction depends on the alarm ALr setting, Flt is shut down, indC is continue to run. Note Setting the time limit to 0 disables the auto refill option. See Section 5 for additional information.

• di t is used to set the preventive care cleaning frequency reminder for the chiller's DI filter cartridge. Range: 0 to 9999 hours Default: 448 hours Exceeding the limit flashes di, see Section 6.

• HiFLO is used to set the high flow alarm limit. T 0 T 1 Range: 0.0 to 10.5 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM T 5 Pump Range: 0.0 to 15.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 1 Pump Range: 0.0 to 10.5 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 2 Pump Range: 0.0 to 10.5 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 3 Pump Range: 0.0 to 30.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 4 Pump Range: 0.0 to 30.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 5 Pump Range: 0.0 to 30.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM

Exceeding a high limit flashes HiFLO and, if enabled, sounds the alarm. The chiller's reaction depends on the alarm (ALr) setting.

Note This feature is not enabled until the value is changed to something other than 0.0.

Shaded displays only appear on chillers equipped with that option.

Section 4

ThermoFlex 4-11 Thermo Scientific

Save all changesDo not save all changes

Figure 4-7 Setup Loop (Optional Features)

• LoFLO is used to set the low flow alarm limit. T 0 Pump Range: 0.0 to 10.5 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM T 1 Pump Range: 0.0 to 10.5 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM T 5 Pump Range: 0.0 to 15.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 1 Pump Range: 0.0 to 10.5 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 2 Pump Range: 0.0 to 10.5 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 3 Pump Range: 0.0 to 30.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 4 Pump Range: 0.0 to 30.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 5 Pump Range: 0.0 to 30.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM

Going below the low limit flashes LoFLO and, if enabled, sounds the alarm. The chiller's reaction depends on the alarm (ALr) setting.

This feature is not enabled until the value is changed to something other than 0.0. If the feature is not enabled and the flow rate drops below the flow rate listed below the chiller will continue to run and the controller will flash between FLo and LoFLo.

P 1, T 0, T 1 and T 5 Pump 0.3 GPM P 2 Pump 1.0 GPM P 3, P 4 and P 5 Pump 4.0 GPM

• SEr is used to configure the serial communications mode of operation. See Appendix D.

Note Keypad operation is still available with serial com-munications enabled.

• drAin is used to open and close the chiller's anti drainback valve for draining, see Section 5. Range: yes or no Default: no

Note The chiller must be off to drain the valve. The valve automatically closes when you exit the drAin display.

When the display indicates StorE press to save all changes or press to not save all changes. The display will return either the process fluid temperature or, if the chiller was off when you entered the loop, a blank screen.

Continued from previous page

yES

nodrAin

StorE

drAin enterenter

SEr

xxxxLoFLO LoFLO enterenter

Section 4

4-12 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Shut Down Press the key on the controller.

Note To protect the chiller's compressor, the chiller will enter a 5 to 20 second shut down cycle (colder process fluids take longer) before the refrigeration system and pump shut down. During this time the display will indicate OFF . The bars will scroll downward indicating the controller is in the shut down cycle.

Using any other means to shut the chiller down can reduce the life of the compressor.

For ThermoFlex900 - 10000 chillers, when the display goes blank it is safe to place the circuit protector located on the rear to the off ( 0 ) position.

Always turn the chiller off and disconnect it from its supply voltage before moving.

For ThermoFlex900 - 10000s, the circuit protector located on the rear is not intended to act as a disconnecting means.

CAUTION

CAUTION

ThermoFlex 5-1 Thermo Scientific

Auto Refill

The auto refill fluid must also meet water quality standards or the valve may fail to operate as designed, see Section 3.

The auto refill valve input pressure must be < 80 PSI to ensure the valve functions properly.

The auto refill operates when all of the following conditions are met: • Fluid is available • The chiller is turned on • The fluid reaches a low level condition.

The auto refill shuts off when:• The fluid reaches the correct operating level.• The delay timer exceeds user fill time entered in the Setup Loop, see

Section 4. If FLt is selected in the Setup Loop the chiller also shuts down. (If indC is selected the chiller continues to run.) In either case the controller will display rEFIL.

• The chiller shuts down for any reason.

Setting the fill time to 0 disables auto refill. If a low level condition occurs the chiller will: • If Indc is selected, continue to run and the controller displays Add. • If FLt is selected, shut down and the controller displays LLF.

Figure 5-1 Auto Refill Fitting

Section 5 Options/AccessoriesThe Auto Refill provides makeup fluid to replace any fluid lost to evaporation, etc. It requires a pressurized fluid source connection to the ¼" Female Pipe Thread fitting on the rear of the chiller. (If Teflon® tape is used, ensure the tape does not cover the connection's starting-end thread.)

Note ThermoFlex7500 through 24000s with a P3 or P5 pump have a ¼" Male brass plug installed in the connection, remove the plug before connecting the makeup fluid.

Section 5

5-2 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

A partial flow DI filter cartridge is designed to maintain water resistivity between 1 and 3 MΩ-cm.

Note The DI option results in a 0.5 gpm reduction of available flow.

Do not use a Deionization (DI) filter cartridge with Inhibited EG or Inhibited PG. A DI filter will remove inhibitors from the solution ren-dering the fluid ineffective against corrosion protection. Also, inhibi-tors increase fluid conductivity.

The Puralite sensor on the back of the chiller turns red when the cartridge needs changing (< 1 MΩ-cm), see Section 6. Note The Puralite sensor that comes with the DI cartridge requires a separate power source.

Remove the two thumbscrews securing the DI access panel. Remove the new cartridge from the shipping bag. The cartridge has a blue and a white connector. Lower the cartridge into the chiller with the blue connector facing downward. Press down on the cartridge lightly to engage and then rotate it ¼ turn clockwise (do not over rotate) or until you feel the filter click into place.

If there is a cartridge in place, first undo the hose fitting by pressing on the quick disconnect located on the top white connection.

The DI Cartridge will overpressurize if it is removed from the chiller before removing the hose fitting.

Next rotate the cartridge ¼ turn counter-clockwise and then pull the cartridge straight up to remove it.

Push the hose fitting into the quick disconnect located on the white end of the cartridge.

Replace the access panel and thumbscrews.

Note The cartridge can be changed with the chiller running, however, since the cartridge

runs in a parallel arrangement, disconnecting the cartridge adds 0.5 gpm to the main flow. The additional flow will cause an increase in system pressure which may cause a high fluid pressure fault.

Internal DI Cartridge

Quick Disconnect

Hose Fitting

Figure 5-3 DI Fittings

Figure 5-2 Internal DI Cartridge

Blue Connector

White Connector

Access Panel

CAUTION

CAUTION

Section 5

ThermoFlex 5-3 Thermo Scientific

P 1 P 2 T 0 T 1 Pump Pressure Relief Valve

(Internal Configuration)

Figure 5-5 Main Loop

Use the pressure relief valve, located on the top left rear of the chiller, to set the desired system back pressure to your application. The valve is factory preset to 80 ± 5 psi (5.5 ± 0.4 bar).

If the chiller is not plumbed to an application, set the pressure by installing a loop of hose equipped with a shut-off valve between the supply and return fittings. Start the chiller and allow it to prime, then close the valve.

Use the controller's to display P 1, it should display 80 ± 5 psi.

Adjusting ScrewPacking Nut

Use a screwdriver to turn the adjusting screw (counterclockwise to reduce pressure) until the controller displays the desired setting.

Note Due to internal back pressure, the minimum pressure setting for a deadheaded P 2 pump is 32 psi (2.2 bar), and 8 psi (0.6 bar) for a P 1 (these settings prohibit external flow from the chiller).

If the chiller is plumbed to an application, ensure the chiller is off. Then back out the adjusting screw counterclockwise to reduce pressure. Turn the chiller on. Ensure that there is back pressure in the system. Turn the adjusting screw until the controller displays the desired setting.

Do not exceed 100 psi (6.9 bar).

When complete, inspect the area around the 5/8" packing nut for fluid leaks. If fluid is present, slightly tighten the nut and reinspect.

Note Should the chiller start to vibrate the valve setting may be the cause. Changing the pressure setting ± 5 psi (0.3 bar) will eliminate the vibration.

Figure 5-4 Nut and Screw

P1

FLo

xx.x C

80

xx

- +

PSI/KPa

CAUTION

Section 5

5-4 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Figure 5-7 Main Loop

P 1 P 2 T 0 T 1 Pump Pressure Relief Valve (External Configuration)

Use the pressure relief valve to set the desired system back pressure (P1) to your application. The valve is factory preset to 80 ± 5 psi (5.5 ± 0.4 bar).

The valve's inlet/outlet connections are ½"FNPT.

If the chiller is not plumbed to an application, set the pressure by installing a loop of hose equipped with a shut-off valve between the supply and return fittings. Start the chiller and allow it to prime, then close the valve.

Use the controller's to display P 1, it should display 80 ± 5 psi.

Packing Nut

Adjusting Screw

Figure 5-6 Nut and Screw

Use a screwdriver to turn the adjusting screw (counterclockwise to reduce pressure) until the controller displays the desired setting.

Note Due to internal back pressure, the minimum pressure setting for a deadheaded P 2 pump is 40 psi (2.8 bar), and 22 psi (1.5 bar) for a P 1 (these settings prohibit external flow from the chiller).

If the chiller is plumbed to an application, ensure the chiller is off. Then back out the adjusting screw counterclockwise to reduce pressure. Turn the chiller on. Ensure that there is back pressure in the system. Turn the adjusting screw until the controller displays the desired setting.

Do not exceed 100 psi (6.9 bar).

When complete, inspect the area around the 5/8" packing nut for fluid leaks. If fluid is present, slightly tighten the nut and reinspect.

P1

FLo

xx.x C

80

xx

- +

PSI/KPa

CAUTION

Section 5

ThermoFlex 5-5 Thermo Scientific

Flow Control with Flow Readout

P 1 P 2 T 0 T 1 Pump Pressure Relief with

Flow Readout

Figure 5-8 Flow Control

Figure 5-9 Flow Control Handle (Typical)

Figure 5-10 Pressure Relief

Auxillary Process Outlet

DrainPlug

Valve Handle

Flow control for P 1, P 2 T0 and T 1 pumps on ThermoFlex900 - 5000s is achieved using a 3-way valve plumbed between the standard process outlet and the process inlet on the rear of the chiller. Use the auxiliary process outlet at the top left of the rear of the chiller as a connection point. The connections are ½" FNPT. See Figure 5-8.

ThermoFlex3500 and 5000s with P 3 and P 4 pumps use a 2-way valve located on the rear of the chiller. The connections are 3/4" FNPT. See Figure 5-9.

ThermoFlex7500 and 24000s with P 2 - P 5 and T 5 pumps use a valve located on the rear of the chiller. The connections are 1/2" FNPT for P 2, 1" FNPT for P 3 and P 5. See Figure 5-9.

Press the controller's down arrow twice to display the controller's FLo display, see previous page. Turn the valve handle until the desired rate is displayed.

Note The valve is sensitive to slight adjustments.

Auxiliary Process Outlet

Process Inlet

Process Inlet

The Pressure Relief with Flow Readout works just like the Pressure Relief Valve discussed on the previous page. It allows you to control the pressure going to your application.

This valve is plumbed between the standard process outlet and the process inlet on the rear of the chiller. Use the auxiliary process outlet at the top left of the rear of the chiller as a connection point, allowing you to also monitor the flow rate to your application using the controller's FLo display, see previous page.

The valve's outlet connection is ½" FNPT. See Figure 5-10.

Section 5

5-6 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

ComplianceSEMI chillers are compliant with: SEMI S2-0703 Product Safety Assessment SEMI S8-0705 Ergonomic Assessment SEMI S14-0704 Fire Risk Assessment SEMI F47-0706

Emergency Off (EMO) A guarded red mushroom shaped push-button switch with twist-to-reset is provided on the chiller's front to turn it off in case of an emergency. The button head is engraved with “EMO” in large white filled letters.

Note The EMO is controlled by a safety circuit and is not influenced by the chiller's firmware/software.

Activation of the EMO button will remove power from the main contactor coil stopping operation of the chiller. The controller will display Er 48.

Resetting the EMO button will not restart the chiller. After all hazards have been removed reset the chiller by pushing the enter key on the controller. In the local mode, the chiller will restart by pressing the START STOP button again. In the serial communications mode, send the appropriate start command. In the analog I/O mode, the chiller starts when the error is cleared.

Chiller Circuit Breaker Interrupt Rating The main power circuit breaker located on the rear of the chiller has an Interrupting Capacity (AIC) of 10,000 amps.

Semiconductor Equipment and

Materials International

(SEMI) Chillers

(ThermoFlex900-10000 only)

Chillers installed below the end-user application may allow system fluid to drain back into the chiller and cause spillage. The anti-drainback valve is designed to prevent any such spillage.

The valve opens just before the pump is turned on and it closes just after the pump shuts off.

This option is required if your chiller is more than 24 feet below your application, or if there is a possibility of drain back due to the occasional opening of the process lines for either application swaps or chiller servicing.

Anti Drainback

Section 5

ThermoFlex 5-7 Thermo Scientific

A

B

1/4 Turn Quick Disconnect Drip Pan Drain Fitting

C

Barb for 1/2" ID Hose

900/1400 2500 3500/5000 7500/10000

A 3 1/2" 8.8 cm 4" 10.1 cm 3 3/8" 11.3 cm 4 1/4" 10.8 cm

B 2 3/4 " 7.0 cm 2 11/16" 6.8 cm 2 3/4" 7.1 cm 2 5/8" 6.6 cm

C 6 15/16" 17.7 cm 6 9/16" 16.7 cm 9 9/16" 24.3 cm 7 11/16" 19.5 cm

Figure 5-11 Drip Pan Drain

Seismic Tie-down (typical)

Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) Before performing Chiller maintenance, the energy sources associated with the Chiller system must be lockedout and tagged out (LOTO). Hazard control features added to the system (e.g., safety interlocks, EMO) are not a substitute for turning off and locking out electrical or fluid energy.

For chillers rated 20 Amps or less, electrical LOTO is accomplished by removing the power cord on the rear of the chiller then closing and locking the power receptacle locking device. For other chillers, electrical LOTO is the responsibility of the user and can be provided by:

• Using the main disconnect (knife switch at system control cabinet). • Disconnecting main power at the facility power source prior to the system controller cabinet. • In addition, follow all OSHA and local facility LOTO directives.

Drip Pan and Drain The chiller is equipped with a secondary containment (drip pan) in case there is a leak. The drip pan drain is located on the rear of the chiller. Install the supplied nylon 1/4 turn quick disconnect (QD) fitting into the drain fitting. The QD is barbed for a 1/2" ID hose.

Since the drip pan will not hold more than 110% of the reservoir volume, connect the drain to guide the fluid to an appropriate spillage location.

Section 5

5-8 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

D

AB

C

Front ViewSide View

900/1400 2500 3500/5000 7500/10000

A 2 11/16" 6.8 cm 2 11/16" 6.8 cm 2 11/16" 6.8 cm 2" 5.1 cm

B* 18 ½ " 47.0 cm 20 1/16" 51.0 cm 24 ½" 62.2 cm 17" 43.1 cm

C* 19 11/16" 50.0 cm 22 3/4" 57.8 cm 24 3/4" 62.9 cm 27 7/16" 69.6

D 21 3/16" 53.8 cm 24 1/4" 61.5 cm 26 1/4" 66.7 cm 28 15/16" 73.4

* Distance between Ø.53 Seismic mounting holes

Figure 5-12 Seismic Tie-Downs

5/16" Bolt

5/16" Nut

5/16" Washer

5/16" Washers

Seismic Tie-Downs Install the seismic tie-downs to the chiller as shown below. Then secure the chiller to the floor with user-supplied hardware.

Seismic Tie-down (typical)

Section 5

ThermoFlex 5-9 Thermo Scientific

Center of Gravity ± ½", air-cooled chiller, no fluid in tank

Center of Gravity ± ½", water-cooled chiller, no fluid in tank

Top View

A

AB

C

Side View

Figure 5-13 Center of Gravity

900/1400 P2 Pump 2500 P2 Pump 3500/5000 P2 Pump 7500/10000 P3 Pump

A 10 3/4 " 27.3 cm 12" 30.5 cm 13 3/8" 34.0 cm 14 7/8" 37.8 cm

B 6 3/4" 17.2 cm 8 3/8" 21.3 cm 9" 22.9 cm 13 1/8" 33.3 cm

C 13 1/2" 34.3 cm 13 1/2" 34.3 cm 17" 43.2 cm 26" 66.0 cm

20000 P3 Pump 24000 P3 Pump 5000 P4 Pump Global Voltage

A 13 3/4 " 34.9 cm 12" 30.5 cm 12 3/8" 31.4 cm

B 21 5/8" 54.9 cm 8 3/8" 21.3 cm 9 3/4" 24.8 cm

C 21 1/4" 54.0 cm 13 1/2" 34.3 cm 19 1/2" 49.5 cm

5000 P2 Pump 20000 P3 Pump 24000 P3 Pump

A 13" 33.0 cm 17" 43.2 cm 12" 30.5 cm

B 9 1/2" 24.1 cm 22" 55.9 cm 23" 58.4 cm

C 16" 40.6 cm 20 1/2" 52.1 cm 21" 53.3 cm

900/1400 P2 2500 P2 3500/5000 P2 7500/10000 P3

Left Front 27.1 lbs 12.3 kg 40.7 lbs 18.5 kg 62.0 lbs 28.1 kg 97.8 lbs 44.4 kg

Left Rear 29.8 lbs 13.5 kg 42.0 lbs 19.1 kg 63.7 lbs 28.9 kg 99.9 lbs 45.3 kg

Right Front 32.9 lbs 14.9 kg 45.7 lbs 20.7 kg 68.2 lbs 30.9 kg 89.2 lbs 40.5 kg

Right Rear 36.2 lbs 16.4 kg 47.1 lbs 21.4 kg 70.0 lbs 31.8 kg 91.1 lbs 41.3 kg

Center of Gravity

Weight Distribution ± 2 lbs, air-cooled chillers

Section 5

5-10 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Installation kit - includes replacement air and fluid filters

Maintenance kit - includes a set of hoses, adaptor fittings and Teflon® tape

Fluids

Fluid treatment kit

Please contact Thermo Fisher Scientific's Sales, Service and Customer Support to assist you with questions that you may have regarding accessories for your ThermoFlex, see inside front cover for contact information.

Other Accessories

ThermoFlex 6-1 Thermo Scientific

Section 6 Preventive Maintenance

Only Thermo Fisher should provide any required replacement parts.

The ThermoFlex chiller has an integrated preventive maintenance timer that will alert you when it is time to perform preventive maintenance. This unique feature will remind you to change your air and fluid filters.

Based on the environment in which your chiller is located, you can choose from four levels of preventive maintenance off, L1, L2, and L3:

• off – Disables the alert • L1 – 1,000 hours - default setting · Heavy manufacturing environment · Airborne particulate created during manufacturing process • L2 – 2,000 hours · Typical production environment • L3 – 3,000 hours · Clean environment – filtered air · Typically laboratory or research environment

Change/set the level using the Setup Loop, see Section 4. When the chiller exceeds the chosen limit, the controller will flash and, if enabled, an audible alarm will sound.

To clear this message press . This will automatically restart the preventive maintenance timer for your filters. Each time the chiller exceeds the chosen time, the controller will remind you that it is time to change your filters.

If you change your filters before the preventive timer trips, you can clear the timer by using the Diagnostic Loop explained in this Section.

Note For air-cooled chillers, both the air and fluid filters in the ThermoFlex can be changed while the chiller is running. For water-cooled chillers, only the fluid filter can be changed while the chiller is running.

Preventive Maintenance Timer

( )

6-2 ThermoFlex

Section 6

Thermo Scientific

The reservoir has a fluid bag filter designed to prevent the introduction of particulates into the system. Chillers are shipped with a bag filter in place.

Note The fluid bag filter can be removed with the chiller operating.

Before using any fluid or performing maintenance where contact with the fluid is likely refer to the manufacturer’s MSDS for handling precautions.

Fluid Filter Bag

Before replacing the reservoir housing ensure the reservoir sight tube ball stopper is securely in place, see next page.

On ThermoFlex900-5000s, when you remove the bag you will notice a wire mesh fluid diffuser inside the reservoir supply line, see Figure 6-2. The diffuser is used to help streamline the flow into the reservoir. After several bag replacements turn the chiller off and remove the diffuser to inspect it for debris/damage.

The fluid velocity into the reservoir will rapidly increase with the diffuser removed and cause splashing. Turn the chiller off before removing the diffuser. This is especially critical when using ethylene or propylene glycol.

Note To prevent particulates from entering the reservoir, ensure the fluid bag filter is in place before removing the diffuser.

Do not operate the chiller unless the diffuser is installed.

Fluid Bag Filter

Figure 6-1 Fluid Filter Bag

Funnel Housing

Fluid Diffuser

WARNING

WARNING

CAUTION

CAUTION

When it is time to replace the bag, gently pull up on the plastic funnel housing to remove it and simply pull the bag out of the chiller. Replacement bags are available from Thermo Fisher Scientific.

Section 6

ThermoFlex 6-3 Thermo Scientific

Reservoir Cleaning

The user is responsible for maintaining reservoir fluid quality. Check the fluid on a regular interval. Start with frequent checks until a regular interval (based on your application) is established.

If cleaning is necessary, flush the reservoir with a fluid compatible with the process fluid and the chiller's wetted parts, see Section 8.

Before using any fluid or performing maintenance where contact with the fluid is likely refer to the manufacturer’s MSDS for handling precautions.

Reservoir Sight Tube Clean the sight tube by gently pulling up on the plastic funnel housing to remove it (see illustration on previous page) and then gently pulling out the black sight ball stopper from the tube. Use a long soft-bristle ¼" brush. Use caution not to scratch the glass.

Before replacing the reservoir housing ensure the reservoir sight tube ball stopper is securely in place.

For easier replacement, wet the stopper first and then use a twisting motion to install it in the sight tube.

Wire Mesh Fluid Diffuser(ThermoFlex900-5000)

Sight Tube

Ball Stopper

Figure 6-2 Reservoir Cleaning and Diffuser

An effective recommended maintenance plan would include changing the fluid every six months to optimize chiller reliability, see Section 3 for additional information.

Fluid Maintenance

WARNING

CAUTION

6-4 ThermoFlex

Section 6

Thermo Scientific

Condenser Filter

Failure to clean/replace the condenser filter will cause a loss of cooling capacity and lead to premature failure of the cooling system.

ThermoFlex900 - 5000 Clean the filter through the grill using a vacuum with a soft-bristle brush.

When it is time for a more thorough cleaning, remove the one-piece grill assembly by first pulling the bottom of the assembly away from the chiller and then pulling it away from the top.

The condenser framing and fins located behind the grill assembly are very sharp. Use caution when removing the assembly.

Note ThermoFlex900 - 5000 water-cooled chillers have an embedded screw(s) located at the top (and bottom) of the grill. Loosen the screw(s) to remove the grill.

Water-cooled chillers also have a fan with sharp blades, ensure the chiller is off before removing the assembly.

Shake off as much of the excess water as possible before reinstalling. Press the grill back into place.

For water-cooled chillers, tighten the screw(s) at the top (and bottom) of the grill.

Replacement grill assemblies are available from Thermo Fisher.

Screw (Water-cooled chillers)

CAUTION - Sharp edges

Figure 6-3 ThermoFlex900 - 5000 Condenser Grill Removal

ThermoFlex3500 - 5000 water-cooled chillers have two screws securing the condenser. One screw on the top and one on the bottom.

WARNING

WARNING

CAUTION

Section 6

ThermoFlex 6-5 Thermo Scientific

Chiller Surface

Hoses

ThermoFlex7500 - 10000 For air-cooled chillers, remove the one-piece grill assembly by pulling the assembly away from the chiller.

Water-cooled chillers do not have a filter.

The filter goes over four studs and plastic "fast nuts" hold it in place.

Replace it or vacuum the old filter with a soft-bristle brush, or wash it. Shake off as much of the excess water as possible before reinstalling.

Tuck the filter around the perimeter of the grill and over the four studs, use the plastic "fast nuts" to hold it in place.

Replacement grills are available from Thermo Fisher.

Figure 6-4 Filter Removal/Replacement ThermoFlex7500 - 10000 Air-Cooled

"fast nut"

Clean the chiller's surface with a soft cloth and warm water only.

Inspect he chiller's external hoses and clamps on a regular basis.

ThermoFlex15000 - 24000 The air-cooled chillers do not have filters but the condenser fins can be cleaned by removing the eight screws securing the lower-front panel.

6-6 ThermoFlex

Section 6

Thermo Scientific

DI Filter (Optional) Establish a preventive maintenance schedule for the DI filter cartridge based on your specific application.

The Puralite sensor located on the back of your chiller will illuminate red when it is time to change the DI filter cartridge (< 1 MΩ-cm).

Note When the chiller is initially powered, or has been sitting idle for a period of time, the sensor may illuminate. The length of time it will be on varies with your application.

Although the Puralite sensor is the primary indicator that the cartridge needs changing, the chiller also has a separate integrated alarm that works independently of the Puralite. The alarm is based on chiller run hours that will alert you when it is time to change your filter. The di t alarm is enabled using the Setup Loop, see Section 4.

If you already know how often your DI filter needs changing, you can input the number of hours into the Setup Loop's di t display. When the time is reached, the controller will flash di and the audible alarm, if enabled, will sound.

When alerted, check the Puralite sensor to see if it is illuminated. If it is not illuminated reset the di t timer and then check the Puralite periodically.

To clear this message and stop the audible alarm press .

If the Puralite has turned red and the controller alarm has not gone off, access the Diagnostic Loop di display, see next page. Check the system run hours, this will give you an accurate DI replacement time. Adjust the di t filter alarm to match the time needed between filter cartridge changes.

This will automatically restart the preventive maintenance timer for your DI filter. If you change the filter before the preventive maintenance timer alerts you, you can clear the timer by again accessing the Diagnostic Loop di display, see next page.

Note It may be necessary to monitor the Puralite three or four times to establish an accurate changing schedule. Also, filter operating time is reduced every time new fluid is added.

Figure 6-5 Puralite

Section 6

ThermoFlex 6-7 Thermo Scientific

The Diagnostic Loop is used to view or reset the operating times of various chiller components.

To enter the Diagnostic Loop ensure the controller display is either a blank screen (chiller off) or displaying the process fluid temperature.

Press the key and the display will indicate SP, press again to display SEtuP, press again to display .

Press to enter the loop or press to return to the process fluid temperature or blank display.

Use the key to sequence down through the loop. Use the key to sequence up through the loop.

Figure 6-6 Diagnostic Loop

Diagnostic Loop ( )

FLtrS xxxx

xxxx

xxxx

di

unit

SP SEtuP

enter

mode mode mode mode

xx.x Cor

FLtrS - Indicates the total hours the air and fluid filters have been in use. If desired, press and hold and then press to reset the value to 0.

di - Indicates the total hours the optional di filter cartridge has been in use. If desired, press and hold and then press to reset the value to 0.

unit - Indicates the chiller operating hours. This value can not be reset.

Testing the Safety Features

For chillers equipped with auto refill switch we recommend slowly draining the reservoir and ensure the auto refill activates.

6-8 ThermoFlex

Section 6

Thermo Scientific

Ther

mo

Sci

entifi

c

The

rmoF

lex

7-

1

Erro

r Cod

esT

he c

ontro

ller c

an d

isplay

Err

or C

odes

. If

the

chill

er is

still

runn

ing

pres

s ent

er to

see

if th

e co

de c

lear

s, a

limit

may

hav

e be

en o

nly

tem

pora

rily

exce

eded

. If

the

chill

er sh

ut d

own,

the

cont

rolle

r will

con

tinue

to fl

ash

the

erro

r cod

e. Pr

ess e

nter

to c

lear

the

disp

lay a

nd si

lenc

e an

y al

arm

. You

ca

n sil

ence

the

alar

m w

ithou

t cle

arin

g th

e co

de b

y pr

essin

g ei

ther

the

up o

r dow

n ar

row

key

. Onc

e th

e ca

use

of th

e sh

ut d

own

is id

entifi

ed a

nd

corr

ecte

d, st

art t

he c

hille

r. If

the

caus

e w

as n

ot c

orre

cted

the

erro

r cod

e w

ill re

appe

ar. C

onta

ct o

ur S

ales

, Ser

vice

and

Cus

tom

er S

uppo

rt.

Sect

ion

7 Tr

oubl

esho

otin

g

Err

or C

ode

Rea

ctio

nC

ause

Act

ions

8888

(or

blan

k sc

reen

)C

hille

r will

not

sta

rt.

Soft

war

e co

mm

unic

atio

n er

ror.

• Cyc

le c

ircui

t pro

tect

or o

n th

e re

ar o

f th

e ch

iller

, T

herm

oFle

x900

-100

00 o

nly.

Add

Chi

ller c

ontin

ues

to ru

n.A

uto

refil

l, if

inst

alle

d,

shut

s of

f.

The

aut

o re

fill t

ime

chos

en fo

r the

cu

stom

er a

djus

tabl

e fil

l set

ting

in th

e Se

tup

Loop

is s

et to

0 a

nd th

e ch

iller

is

confi

gure

d to

kee

p ru

nnin

g, s

ee

Sect

ion

4.

•Che

ck fo

r lea

ks.

•Che

ck rE

Fil s

ettin

gs a

nd a

djus

t if

nece

ssar

y, se

e Se

ctio

n 4.

• Add

flui

d to

the

tank

.di

Chi

ller c

ontin

ues

to ru

n.

(Opt

iona

l disp

lay)

The

chi

ller o

pera

ting

time

exce

eded

Se

tup

Loop

di t

ala

rm v

alue

. The

op

tiona

l DI c

artr

idge

may

nee

d re

plac

ing.

• Che

ck th

e Pu

ralit

e se

nsor

, see

Sec

tion

6. If

the

light

is

red

chan

ge th

e ca

rtrid

ge, s

ee S

ectio

n 5.

• If

the

Pura

lite

sens

or is

gre

en, s

ee S

ectio

n 4

to re

vise

di

t al

arm

val

ue.

driP

Chi

ller w

ill s

hut d

own.

(Opt

iona

l disp

lay)

Flui

d in

drip

pan

(SE

MI o

nly)

.•C

heck

for l

eaks

.

•Rem

ove

the

fluid

from

the

drip

pan

and

rese

t the

faul

t.FL

o-Lo

FLo

Chi

ller c

ontin

ues

to ru

n.T

he lo

w fl

ow a

larm

is s

et to

0.0

and

the

pum

p flo

w ra

te is

bel

ow th

e m

inim

um

requ

ired,

see

Sec

tion

4.

•See

LoF

Lo e

rror

cod

e.

FLtr

SC

hille

r con

tinue

s to

run.

Air

and

fluid

filte

rs re

quire

pre

vent

ive

mai

nten

ance

/rep

lace

men

t.• C

heck

air

and

fluid

filte

rs. I

f re

quire

d, c

lean

/cha

nge

air

and

fluid

filte

rs, s

ee S

ectio

n 6.

• If

your

filte

rs d

o no

t nee

d cl

eani

ng, y

ou m

ay in

crea

se

the

num

ber o

f ho

urs

betw

een

prev

entiv

e ca

re

rem

inde

rs. T

here

are

four

leve

ls, s

ee S

ectio

n 6.

The

rmo

Sci

entifi

c

Ther

moF

lex

7-2

Sec

tion

7

Err

or C

ode

Rea

ctio

nC

ause

Act

ions

HiF

LoC

hille

r rea

ctio

n de

pend

s on

ALr

set

ting

chos

en in

th

e Se

tup

Loop

, see

Sec

-tio

n 4.

(Chi

ller e

quip

ped

with

a fl

ow tr

ansd

ucer

.)

The

pro

cess

flui

d flo

w

rate

has

exc

eede

d th

e ad

just

able

hig

h flo

w

setti

ng’s

valu

e.

• If

the

chill

er is

stil

l run

ning

pre

ss e

nter

to s

ee if

the

code

cle

ars,

the

limit

may

hav

e be

en o

nly

tem

pora

rily

exce

eded

.

• Ver

ify y

our H

iFLo

set

ting,

see

Sec

tion

4, a

nd a

djus

t set

ting

if

nece

ssar

y.

• Che

ck a

ll ap

plic

atio

n an

d pl

umbi

ng s

hut o

ff v

alve

s fo

r cor

rect

po

sitio

n.

• Adj

ust fl

ow if

chi

ller i

s eq

uipp

ed w

ith a

n op

tiona

l flow

con

trol

val

ve,

see

Sect

ion

5.

• If

flow

tran

sduc

er w

as re

cent

ly c

alib

rate

d do

uble

che

ck c

alib

ratio

n, s

ee

Sect

ion

8.H

i P1

Chi

ller r

eact

ion

depe

nds

on A

Lr s

ettin

g ch

osen

in

the

Setu

p Lo

op, s

ee S

ec-

tion

4.

The

pum

p’s

high

di

scha

rge

pres

sure

ex

ceed

ed S

etup

Loo

p hi

gh a

larm

val

ue.

•If

the

chill

er is

stil

l run

ning

pre

ss e

nter

to s

ee if

the

code

cle

ars,

the

limit

may

hav

e be

en o

nly

tem

pora

rily

exce

eded

.

•Ver

ify y

our H

i P1

setti

ng, s

ee S

ectio

n 4.

• Che

ck a

pplic

atio

n va

lves

and

ens

ure

that

they

hav

e no

t cha

nged

or

clos

ed. N

ote

If ro

utin

e sh

ut-o

ff o

f th

e pr

oces

s flo

w is

requ

ired

then

an

ext

erna

l pre

ssur

e re

lief

valv

e sh

ould

be

adde

d, s

ee S

ectio

n 5.

•May

occ

ur a

s a

resu

lt of

cha

ngin

g th

e in

tern

al D

I car

trid

ge.

Disc

onne

ctin

g th

e ca

rtrid

ge a

dds

an a

dditi

onal

0.5

gpm

to th

e m

ain

flow.

See

Sec

tion

5.

•Che

ck fo

r deb

ris in

the

appl

icat

ion

or e

xter

nal fi

lters

.

• Dou

ble

chec

k flu

id li

nes.

Exc

essiv

e be

nds,

long

tubi

ng a

nd d

iam

eter

re

duct

ions

can

aff

ect t

he p

ump’

s di

scha

rge

pres

sure

. Not

e If

dia

met

er

redu

ctio

ns m

ust b

e m

ade,

they

sho

uld

be m

ade

at th

e in

let a

nd o

utle

t of

you

r app

licat

ion,

not

at t

he c

hille

r.

Ther

mo

Sci

entifi

c

The

rmoF

lex

7-

3

Sec

tion

7

Err

or C

ode

Rea

ctio

nC

ause

Act

ions

Hi t

Chi

ller r

eact

ion

depe

nds o

n A

Lr se

tting

cho

sen

in th

e Se

tup

Loop

, see

Sec

tion

4.N

ote

If th

e ch

iller

doe

s sh

ut d

own

it ca

n be

re

star

ted

prov

ided

the

tem

pera

ture

is st

ill w

ithin

th

e fa

ctor

y-se

t hig

h fix

ed

tem

pera

ture

lim

it. H

owev

er,

the

erro

r will

reoc

cur i

f th

e te

mpe

ratu

re g

oes b

elow

the

adju

stab

le se

tting

and

then

ag

ain

exce

eds i

t.

The

pro

cess

flui

d te

mpe

ratu

re e

xcee

ded

Setu

p Lo

op a

larm

val

ue.

•If t

he c

hille

r is s

till r

unni

ng p

ress

ent

er to

see

if th

e co

de c

lear

s, th

e lim

it m

ay h

ave

been

onl

y te

mpo

raril

y ex

ceed

ed.

•Ver

ify y

our H

i t se

tting

, see

Sec

tion

4.•E

nsur

e th

e ch

iller

mee

ts a

ll en

viro

nmen

tal r

equi

rem

ents,

see

Sect

ion

3.• C

lean

the

air fi

lter.

Dirt

and

deb

ris o

n th

e fil

ter c

an p

reve

nt th

e ch

iller

fr

om fu

nctio

ning

at f

ull c

apac

ity, s

ee S

ectio

n 6.

• Ens

ure

that

the

heat

load

bei

ng a

pplie

d to

the

chill

er is

not

too

high

. C

onta

ct T

herm

o Fi

sher

for a

ssist

ance

on

calc

ulat

ing

heat

load

s.•B

ring

cool

er a

ir in

from

ano

ther

are

a or

exh

aust

the

hot a

ir in

to a

noth

er

loca

tion

usin

g an

aux

iliar

y fa

n.•V

erify

/adj

ust c

ontro

ller P

ID v

alue

s, se

e th

e en

d of

this

sect

ion.

HPC

Chi

ller w

ill sh

ut d

own.

Hig

h re

frig

erat

ion

pres

sure

. A

ir-co

oled

chi

llers

• Ens

ure

that

the

ambi

ent t

empe

ratu

re is

not

exc

eedi

ng th

e re

com

men

ded

rang

e, se

e Se

ctio

n 3.

•Ens

ure

chill

er h

as a

dequ

ate

vent

ilatio

n, se

e Se

ctio

n 3.

• Cle

an th

e ai

r filte

r. D

irt a

nd d

ebris

on

the

filte

r can

pre

vent

the

filte

r fr

om fu

nctio

ning

at f

ull c

apac

ity, s

ee S

ectio

n 6.

•Brin

g co

oler

air

in fr

om a

noth

er a

rea

or e

xhau

st th

e ho

t air

into

ano

ther

lo

catio

n us

ing

an a

uxili

ary

fan.

Wat

er-c

oole

d ch

iller

s•E

nsur

e th

e pl

astic

plu

gs w

ere

rem

oved

from

the

faci

lity

conn

ectio

ns.

•Ens

ure

faci

lity

wat

er is

on

and

conn

ecte

d.

•Che

ck fa

cilit

y w

ater

flow

rate

and

pre

ssur

e.

The

rmo

Sci

entifi

c

Ther

moF

lex

7-4

Sec

tion

7

Err

or C

ode

Rea

ctio

nC

ause

Act

ions

LLF

Chi

ller w

ill sh

ut d

own.

Opt

iona

l aut

o re

fill s

huts

do

wn.

Rese

rvoi

r flui

d le

vel t

oo lo

w

for n

orm

al o

pera

tion.

The

aut

o re

fill t

ime

chos

en

for t

he c

usto

mer

adj

usta

ble

fill s

ettin

g in

the

Setu

p Lo

op

is se

t to

0 an

d th

e ch

iller

is

confi

gure

d to

shut

dow

n, se

e Se

ctio

n 4

•Exc

essiv

e ev

apor

atio

n. E

nsur

e th

e ch

iller

is o

pera

ting

with

the

fu

nnel

and

cap

in p

lace

.

•Che

ck fo

r lea

ks.

•Che

ck rE

Fil s

ettin

gs a

nd a

djus

t if

nece

ssar

y, se

e Se

ctio

n 4.

• Add

flui

d to

the

tank

.

LoFL

oC

hille

r rea

ctio

n de

pend

s on

ALr

setti

ng c

hose

n in

the

Setu

p Lo

op, s

ee S

ectio

n 4.

(Chi

llers

equ

ippe

d w

ith a

flow

tra

nsdu

cer.)

The

pro

cess

flui

d flo

w

rate

has

gon

e be

low

the

adju

stab

le se

tting

’s va

lue.

•If

the

chill

er is

still

runn

ing

pres

s ent

er to

see

if th

e co

de c

lear

s, th

e lim

it m

ay h

ave

been

onl

y te

mpo

raril

y ex

ceed

ed.

•Ver

ify y

our L

oFLo

setti

ng, s

ee S

ectio

n 4.

•Adj

ust fl

ow if

chi

ller i

s equ

ippe

d w

ith a

n op

tiona

l flow

con

trol

valv

e, se

e Se

ctio

n 5.

• Che

ck a

ll va

lves

in y

our a

pplic

atio

n an

d pl

umbi

ng li

nes t

o en

sure

th

at th

ey h

ave

not c

hang

ed o

r clo

sed.

•I

f flo

w tr

ansd

ucer

has

rece

ntly

bee

n ca

libra

ted,

dou

ble

chec

k ca

libra

tion

to e

nsur

e it

was

don

e pr

oper

ly, se

e Se

ctio

n 8.

Lo P

1C

hille

r rea

ctio

n de

pend

s on

ALr

setti

ng c

hose

n in

the

Setu

p Lo

op, s

ee S

ectio

n 4.

Pum

p’s l

ow d

ischa

rge

pres

sure

is b

elow

Set

up L

oop

low

ala

rm v

alue

.

•If

the

chill

er is

still

runn

ing

pres

s ent

er to

see

if th

e co

de c

lear

s, th

e lim

it m

ay h

ave

been

onl

y te

mpo

raril

y ex

ceed

ed.

•Ens

ure

that

chi

ller r

eser

voir

leve

l is n

ot to

o lo

w.

•Ver

ify y

our L

oP1

setti

ng, s

ee S

ectio

n 4.

• Chi

ller r

equi

res >

3 PS

IG a

pplic

atio

n pr

essu

re d

rop.

If a

byp

ass

valv

e ha

s bee

n in

stal

led,

som

e re

stric

tion

may

nee

d to

be

adde

d to

th

e by

pass

line

.

Ther

mo

Sci

entifi

c

The

rmoF

lex

7-

5

Sec

tion

7

Err

or C

ode

Rea

ctio

nC

ause

Act

ions

Lo t

Chi

ller r

eact

ion

de-

pend

s on

ALr

setti

ng

chos

en in

the

Setu

p Lo

op, s

ee S

ectio

n 4.

Not

e If

the

chill

er

does

shut

dow

n it

can

be re

star

ted

prov

ided

th

e te

mpe

ratu

re is

still

ab

ove

the

fact

ory-

set

low

fixe

d te

mpe

ratu

re

limit.

How

ever

, the

er

ror w

ill re

occu

r if

the

tem

pera

ture

goe

s ab

ove

the

adju

stab

le

setti

ng a

nd th

en a

gain

dr

ops b

elow

it.

Proc

ess fl

uid

tem

pera

ture

is

belo

w S

etup

Loo

p al

arm

val

ue.

•If

the

chill

er is

still

runn

ing

pres

s ent

er to

see

if th

e co

de c

lear

s, th

e lim

it m

ay h

ave

been

onl

y te

mpo

raril

y ex

ceed

ed.

•Ver

ify y

our L

o t s

ettin

g, se

e Se

ctio

n 4.

• Ens

ure

that

the

ambi

ent t

empe

ratu

re is

not

bel

ow th

e re

com

men

ded

low

-ran

ge, s

ee S

ectio

n 3.

If y

our a

pplic

atio

n lo

ad is

con

stan

t and

/or

the

low

er te

mpe

ratu

re c

an b

e te

mpo

raril

y to

lera

ted,

then

con

tinue

op

erat

ion.

(The

The

rmoF

lex

will

con

trol s

etpo

int w

hen

suffi

cien

t hea

t is

adde

d.)

•Ver

ify/a

djus

t con

trolle

r PID

val

ues.

• Add

insu

latio

n to

ext

erna

l plu

mbi

ng li

nes t

o re

duce

the

heat

-loss

to th

e en

viro

nmen

t.•F

or w

ater

-coo

led

chill

ers c

heck

faci

lity

wat

er te

mpe

ratu

re.

o FL

oC

hille

r will

shut

do

wn.

The

re is

an

over

flow

con

ditio

n in

the

rese

rvoi

r.•E

nsur

e th

e re

serv

oir w

as n

ot fi

lled

abov

e th

e M

AX

LE

VE

L lin

e.

•Che

ck fo

r clo

gged

rese

rvoi

r filte

r.oL

Chi

ller w

ill sh

ut

dow

n.

(Chi

llers

equ

ippe

d w

ith 3

-Ф p

ump

mot

or o

verlo

ad.)

Pum

p m

otor

ove

rload

act

ivat

ed.

Pum

p m

otor

exp

osed

to

exce

ssiv

e cu

rren

t due

to h

igh

pres

sure

, flow

or a

mbi

ent

tem

pera

ture

.

•Allo

w p

ump

to c

ool d

own.

oL 2

Chi

ller w

ill sh

ut

dow

n.

(Chi

llers

equ

ippe

d w

ith 3

-Ф fa

n.)

Fan

mot

or o

verlo

ad a

ctiv

ated

.•A

llow

chi

ller t

o co

ol d

own.

•For

air-

cool

ed c

hille

rs, c

lean

the

air fi

lter

PHEr

Chi

ller w

ill sh

ut

dow

n. (3

-Ф c

hille

r on

ly)

Phas

e ro

tatio

n is

wro

ng.

• Disc

onne

ct c

hille

r fro

m p

ower

sour

ce a

nd re

vers

e an

y tw

o lin

e co

nduc

tors

on

the

line

side

of th

e m

ain

circ

uit b

reak

er.

The

rmo

Sci

entifi

c

Ther

moF

lex

7-6

Sec

tion

7

Err

or C

ode

Rea

ctio

nC

ause

Act

ions

rEFi

LA

uto

refil

l will

shut

off.

Chi

ller r

eact

ion

depe

nds

on A

Lr se

tting

cho

sen

in

the

Setu

p Lo

op, s

ee S

ec-

tion

4.

Aut

o re

fill w

ill sh

ut o

ff.C

hille

r will

con

tinue

to

run.

(Opt

iona

l disp

lay.)

The

flui

d le

vel d

id n

ot re

ach

the

min

imum

ope

ratin

g le

vel

with

in th

e tim

e ch

osen

for t

he

cust

omer

adj

usta

ble

fill s

ettin

g,

chos

en in

the

Setu

p Lo

op, s

ee

Sect

ion

4.

The

aut

o re

fill s

ucce

ssfu

lly fi

lled

with

in th

e tim

e fr

ame

chos

en

for t

he c

usto

mer

adj

usta

ble

fill

setti

ng, b

ut th

e ch

iller

trie

d to

re

fill 5

tim

es in

40

hour

s.

•Che

ck a

uto

refil

l con

nect

ion.

•Che

ck fo

r lea

ks.

• Che

ck th

e su

pply

pre

ssur

e on

the

auto

refil

l sup

ply

line.

With

low

pr

essu

re th

e au

to re

fill t

ime

span

setti

ng m

ay b

e se

t too

low

and

th

e re

serv

oir d

oes n

ot h

ave

time

to fi

ll.

•Che

ck rE

Fil s

ettin

gs a

nd a

djus

t if

nece

ssar

y, se

e Se

ctio

n 4.

SEr 1

Chi

ller w

ill c

ontin

ue to

ru

n.Pe

riodi

c se

rvic

e m

ay b

e re

quire

d.•T

o cl

ear t

he m

essa

ge se

e Se

ctio

n 8.

Er 4

Chi

ller w

ill n

ot st

art.

Nor

mal

if n

ew so

ftwar

e in

stal

led

and

all v

alue

s in

the

Setu

p an

d Tu

ne L

oops

wer

e re

set t

o fa

ctor

y de

faul

ts.

•Cle

ar th

e er

ror c

ode.

Er 1

5C

hille

r will

con

tinue

to

run.

(Chi

ller e

quip

ped

with

se

rial c

omm

unic

atio

ns.)

Mom

enta

ry d

isrup

tion

of th

e in

tern

al c

omm

unic

atio

ns to

co

ntro

l boa

rd.

•Cle

ar th

e er

ror c

ode

Che

ck th

e se

rial c

omm

unic

atio

n co

nnec

tion.

•See

seria

l com

mun

icat

ion

conn

ectio

ns in

App

endi

x D

.

Er 1

6C

hille

r con

tinue

s to

run.

Bad

sens

or c

alib

ratio

n de

tect

ed

seve

ral s

econ

ds a

fter p

erfo

rmin

g a

calib

ratio

n.

•Red

o ca

libra

tion,

see

Sect

ion

8.

Ther

mo

Sci

entifi

c

The

rmoF

lex

7-

7

Sec

tion

7

Err

or

Cod

eR

eact

ion

Cau

seA

ctio

ns

Er 2

2T

his

erro

r cod

e ha

s pr

iorit

y ov

er H

iT.

Chi

ller w

ill s

hut d

own.

Not

e C

hille

r will

not

re

star

t unt

il pr

oces

s flu

id te

mpe

ratu

re is

be

low

+43

°C.

Rese

rvoi

r flui

d te

mpe

ratu

re

exce

eded

the

facto

ry p

reset

va

lue

of +

43°C

.

•Ens

ure

the

chill

er m

eets

all

envi

ronm

enta

l req

uire

men

ts, s

ee S

ectio

n 3.

• Cle

an th

e ai

r filte

r. D

irt a

nd d

ebris

on

the

filte

r can

pre

vent

the

chill

er fr

om fu

nctio

ning

at f

ull c

apac

ity, s

ee S

ectio

n 6.

• Ens

ure

that

the

heat

load

bei

ng a

pplie

d to

the

chill

er is

not

too

high

. C

onta

ct T

herm

o Fi

sher

for a

ssist

ance

on

calc

ulat

ing

heat

load

s.

•Brin

g co

oler

air

in fr

om a

noth

er a

rea

or e

xhau

st th

e ho

t air

into

an

othe

r loc

atio

n us

ing

an a

uxili

ary

fan.

•Ver

ify/a

djus

t con

trol

ler P

ID v

alue

s, se

e th

e en

d of

this

sect

ion.

Er 2

3C

hille

r will

shu

t dow

n.Re

frig

erat

ion

tem

pera

ture

se

nsor

sho

rted

.•C

onta

ct o

ur S

ales

, Ser

vice

and

Cus

tom

er S

uppo

rt.

Er 2

4C

hille

r will

shu

t dow

n.Re

frig

erat

ion

tem

pera

ture

se

nsor

ope

n.•C

onta

ct o

ur S

ales

, Ser

vice

and

Cus

tom

er S

uppo

rt.

Er 2

5C

hille

r will

shu

t dow

n.In

tern

al te

mpe

ratu

re s

enso

r sh

orte

d.•C

onta

ct o

ur S

ales

, Ser

vice

and

Cus

tom

er S

uppo

rt.

Er 2

6C

hille

r will

shu

t dow

n.In

tern

al te

mpe

ratu

re s

enso

r op

en.

•Con

tact

our

Sal

es, S

ervi

ce a

nd C

usto

mer

Sup

port

.

Er 2

8C

hille

r con

tinue

s to

ru

n.T

he p

roce

ss fl

uid

resis

tivity

ex

ceed

ed th

e lo

wer

adj

usta

ble

valu

e.

•Pre

ss e

nter

to s

ee if

the

code

cle

ars,

the

limit

may

hav

e be

en o

nly

tem

pora

rily

exce

eded

.

•Ver

ify c

ontr

olle

r’s s

ettin

gs, s

ee S

ectio

n 4

•Rep

lace

pro

cess

flui

d.Er

30

Chi

ller c

ontin

ues

to

run.

The

pro

cess

flui

d re

sistiv

ity

exce

eded

the

high

er

adju

stab

le v

alue

.

•Pre

ss e

nter

to s

ee if

the

code

cle

ars,

the

limit

may

hav

e be

en o

nly

tem

pora

rily

exce

eded

.

•Ver

ify c

ontr

olle

r’s s

ettin

gs, s

ee S

ectio

n 4

•Rep

lace

pro

cess

flui

d.Er

32

Chi

ller w

ill s

hut d

own.

Refr

iger

atio

n su

ctio

n ga

s te

mpe

ratu

re e

xcee

ded

50°C

.•M

ake

sure

supp

ly v

olta

ge m

atch

es th

e ch

iller

’s na

mep

late

ratin

g ±

10%

.

The

rmo

Sci

entifi

c

Ther

moF

lex

7-8

Sec

tion

7

Err

or C

ode

Rea

ctio

nC

ause

Act

ions

Er 3

3T

his e

rror

cod

e ha

s prio

rity

over

L o

T.

Chi

ller w

ill sh

ut d

own.

Not

e C

hille

r will

not

re

star

t unt

il pr

oces

s flui

d te

mpe

ratu

re e

xcee

ds +

2°C.

Rese

rvoi

r flui

d te

mpe

ratu

re

belo

w th

e fac

tory p

reset

valu

e of

+2°

C.

• Che

ck a

mbi

ent t

empe

ratu

re. C

hille

r may

not

to b

e ab

le to

reac

h se

tpoi

nt a

t low

am

bien

t tem

pera

ture

s.• E

nsur

e th

at th

e am

bien

t tem

pera

ture

is n

ot e

xcee

ding

the

reco

mm

ende

d ra

nge,

see

Sect

ion

3.•V

erify

/adj

ust c

ontro

ller P

ID v

alue

s, se

e Se

ctio

n 7.

• A

dd in

sula

tion

to e

xter

nal p

lum

bing

line

s to

redu

ce th

e he

at-lo

ss

to th

e en

viro

nmen

t.•F

or w

ater

-coo

led

chill

ers c

heck

faci

lity

wat

er te

mpe

ratu

re.

Er 3

5T

his e

rror

cod

e ha

s prio

rity

over

Hi P

1.

Chi

ller w

ill sh

ut d

own.

Proc

ess p

ress

ure

(P1)

ex

ceed

ed fa

ctory

pres

et va

lue

for g

reat

er th

an 3

0 se

cond

s. Pr

eset

Val

ues:

T0, T

1 an

d T5

- 105

psi

P1 a

nd P

2 - 1

05 p

si P3

60

Hz

- 48

psi

P3 5

0 H

z - 3

2 ps

i P4

60

Hz

- 85

psi

P4 5

0 H

z - 6

0 ps

i P5

60

Hz

- 87

psi

P5 5

0 H

z - 5

6 ps

i

• Che

ck a

pplic

atio

n va

lves

and

ens

ure

that

they

hav

e no

t cha

nged

or

bee

n cl

osed

. Not

e If

rout

ine

shut

-off

of

the

proc

ess fl

ow is

re

quire

d th

en a

n ex

tern

al p

ress

ure

regu

lato

r acc

esso

ry sh

ould

be

adde

d - c

onta

ct T

herm

o Fi

sher

. •M

ay o

ccur

as a

resu

lt of

cha

ngin

g th

e in

tern

al D

I car

tridg

e. D

iscon

nect

ing

the

cart

ridge

add

s an

addi

tiona

l 0.5

GPM

to th

e m

ain

flow,

see

Sect

ion

5.•C

heck

for d

ebris

in th

e ap

plic

atio

n or

clo

gged

ext

erna

l filte

rs.

• Dou

ble

chec

k flu

id li

nes.

Exc

essiv

e be

nds,

long

tubi

ng a

nd

diam

eter

redu

ctio

ns c

an a

ffec

t the

pum

p’s d

ischa

rge

pres

sure

. N

ote

If d

iam

eter

redu

ctio

ns m

ust b

e m

ade,

they

shou

ld b

e m

ade

at th

e in

let a

nd o

utle

t of

your

app

licat

ion,

not

the

chill

er.

Er 3

6T

his e

rror

cod

e ha

s prio

rity

over

Lo

P1.

Chi

ller w

ill sh

ut d

own.

Proc

ess p

ress

ure

(P1)

bel

ow

factor

y pres

et lim

it of

2 p

si (a

ll pu

mps

) for

gre

ater

than

15

seco

nds.

Poss

ible

pum

p m

otor

ov

erlo

ad.

•Ens

ure

that

the

chill

er re

serv

oir i

s not

too

low.

• Chi

ller r

equi

res >

2 PS

IG a

pplic

atio

n pr

essu

re d

rop.

If a

byp

ass

valv

e ha

s bee

n in

stal

led,

som

e re

stric

tion

may

nee

d to

be

adde

d to

th

e by

pass

line

.•A

llow

chi

ller t

o co

ol d

own

Ther

mo

Sci

entifi

c

The

rmoF

lex

7-

9

Sec

tion

7

Err

or C

ode

Rea

ctio

nC

ause

Act

ions

Er 4

1C

hille

r con

tinue

s to

run.

Mom

enta

ry c

omm

unic

atio

n er

ror b

etw

een

disp

lay a

nd

mai

n co

ntro

l boa

rd.

•Cyc

le c

ircui

t pro

tect

or o

n re

ar o

f ch

iller

off

and

on,

T

herm

oFle

x900

-100

00 o

nly.

Er 4

2C

hille

r con

tinue

s to

run.

Mom

enta

ry in

tern

al

com

mun

icat

ions

err

or.

•Con

tact

our

Sal

es, S

ervi

ce a

nd C

usto

mer

Sup

port

.

Er 4

7C

hille

r will

shut

dow

n.C

hille

r’s o

ptio

nal r

emot

e E

MO

but

ton

depr

esse

d.•W

hen

able

, res

et th

e E

MO

.

Er 4

8C

hille

r will

shut

dow

n.(O

ptio

nal d

isplay

.)C

hille

r’s o

ptio

nal E

MO

bu

tton

depr

esse

d.•W

hen

able

, res

et th

e E

MO

.

Er 5

9C

hille

r will

shut

dow

n.In

valid

leve

l fau

lt. C

hille

r se

nsed

bot

h a

high

leve

l and

lo

w le

vel r

eser

voir

fluid

leve

l.

•Con

tact

our

Sal

es, S

ervi

ce a

nd C

usto

mer

Sup

port

.

Er 6

2C

hille

r will

not

star

t.(C

hille

rs e

quip

ped

with

op

tiona

l Ana

log

I/O

.)

Prob

e no

t pro

perly

co

nnec

ted.

Shor

ted

rem

ote

tem

pera

ture

pr

obe.

•Che

ck c

onne

ctio

n.

Er 6

3C

hille

r will

not

star

t.(C

hille

rs e

quip

ped

with

op

tiona

l Ana

log

I/O

.)

Prob

e no

t pro

perly

co

nnec

ted.

Ope

n re

mot

e te

mpe

ratu

re

prob

e.

•Che

ck c

onne

ctio

n.

Er 6

4C

hille

r will

con

tinue

to ru

n C

hille

r the

last

val

id se

tpoi

nt

rece

ived

. (C

hille

rs e

quip

ped

with

op

tiona

l Ana

log

I/O

.)

Ana

log

rem

ote

setp

oint

is

enab

led

and

the

chill

er

rece

ives

a v

olta

ge o

r cur

rent

le

vel t

hat i

s out

side

the

chill

er’s

set p

oint

rang

e.

• The

err

or c

an b

e cl

eare

d on

ly a

fter a

val

id se

t poi

nt is

rece

ived

, or

the

rem

ote

anal

og se

tpoi

nt is

turn

ed o

ff.

Section 7

7-10 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Checklist Chiller will not start Check electrical connections.

For first time use, please refer to the quick start instructions included with your chiller or the copy in this manual. The manual's copy follows the Table of Contents.

Check the controller for error codes, see Error Codes in this Section.

Ensure the optional GFCI breaker located on the rear of the chiller is in the up position.

For ThermoFlex900 - 10000 chillers ensure the circuit protector is in the on ( I ) position.

Make sure supply voltage is connected and matches the chiller's nameplate rating ±10%

No display on controller or display is 8888 For ThermoFlex900 - 10000 recycle the circuit protector on the rear of the chiller.

Chiller vibrationThe optional pressure relief valve setting may be the cause. Change the pressure setting ± 5 psi to eliminate the vibration.

Clearing Error CodesNote the code in case it clears before you are done troubleshooting.

If desired, silence the audible alarm by pressing the up or down arrow key.

If the chiller shut down, the controller will continue to flash the error code. Press enter to clear the display and silence any alarm. Refer to Error Codes in this Section. Once the cause of the shut down is identified and corrected, start the chiller. If the cause was not corrected the error code will reappear.

If the chiller is still running, press enter to see if the code clears, a limit may have been only temporarily exceeded. If the error code does not clear press until the display flashes between the error code and the temperature and then press enter. If the code still does not clear refer to Error Codes in this Section.

Section 7

ThermoFlex 7-11 Thermo Scientific

Inadequate pump pressureEnsure any user installed in-line valves are in the desired position.

Ensure the chiller’s process fluid outlet is connected to the application’s fluid inlet and not the application’s fluid outlet, see Section 3.

Ensure all connections are secure and that the proper sealant/lubricant for the fitting material is used.

Keep the distance between the chiller and the instrument being cooled as short as possible.

Ensure tubing is straight and without bends. If diameter reductions are required, make them at the inlet and outlet of your application, not at the chiller.

Chiller will not circulate process fluid Check the reservoir level. Fill, if necessary.

Ensure the reservoir bag filter is not clogged.

Check the application for restrictions in the cooling lines.

Chiller requires >3 PSIG application pressure drop. If a bypass valve has been installed add some restriction to the bypass line.

The pump motor overloaded. The pump's internal overtemperature overcurrent device will shut off the pump causing the flow to stop. This can be caused by low fluid, debris in system, operating chiller in a high ambient temperature condition or excessively confined space. Allow time for the motor to cool down.

Make sure supply voltage matches the chiller's nameplate rating ±10%.

Section 7

7-12 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Inadequate temperature controlVerify the setpoint.

If the chiller is over-cooling, recycle the power.

Make sure the condenser/air filter is free of dust and debris.

Check the fluid concentration, see Section 3.

Ensure chiller installation complies with site requirements, see Section 3.

Make sure supply voltage matches chiller nameplate rating ±10%.

For ThermoFlex900 - 5000 global voltage chillers ensure the chiller is properly configured, see Appendix B.

If the temperature continues to rise, make sure your application's heat load does not exceed the rated specifications.

Check for high thermal gradients (e.g., the application load is being turned on and off or rapidly changing).

Verify/adjust controller PID values, see next page.

Chiller shuts downEnsure button wasn't accidently pressed.

Ensure the optional GFCI breaker located on the rear of the chiller is in the up position.

For ThermoFlex900 - 10000 chillers ensure the circuit protector is in the on ( I ) position.

Check the controller for error codes, see Error Codes in this Section.

Make sure supply voltage is connected and matches the chiller's nameplate rating ±10%.

Restart the chiller.

Please contact Thermo Fisher Scientific Sales Service and Customer Support if you need any additional information, see this manual's inside cover for contact instructions.

Section 7

ThermoFlex 7-13 Thermo Scientific

Verifying/ Adjusting the

Controller PID Values

(Tune Loop)

The controller controls temperature using a Proportional-Integral-Derivative (PID) algorithm. Should your chiller experience temperature control issues, verifying/adjusting the controller's PID values may correct the condition.

Note Thermo Fisher recommends that only a qualified technician adjust the PID values. Incorrect values will hamper chiller performance.

• Pro proportional value P = % of span (100°C) Range: 0.0 to 99.9 Factory Preset: ThermoFlex900-5000 10.0 ThermoFlex7500-10000 20.0 ThermoFlex15000-20000 30.0 ThermoFlex24000 40.0 • int integral value I = repeats/minute Range: 0.00 to 9.99 Factory Preset: 0.50

• dEr derivative value D = minutes Range: 0.0 to 9.9 Factory Preset: 0.0

Figure 7-1 Verifying/Adjusting PID Values

indicates press and hold.

tunE

Pro

int

dEr

enter

StorE

xx.x C

mode

mode

CAL mode

xx.x

xx.x

xx.x

xx.x

x.xx

x.x

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

Section 7

7-14 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 8-1 Thermo Scientific

DrainingSection 8 Additional InformationBefore using any fluid or performing maintenance where contact with the fluid is likely refer to the manufacturer’s MSDS.

There are two different types of drain port, a ¼" brass Male NPT pipe plug or a ¼" MPT Riton fitting. If your chiller has both use the Riton fitting.

Position a suitable pan beneath the drain port at the rear of the chiller. The drain pan must be shallow (under 3½” in height) and have a volume of approximately 3 gallons (6 gallons for ThermoFlex7500 - 24000). Remove the ¼” Male NPT pipe plug from drain port or open the Riton fitting by turning either counter clock wise. For ThermoFlex7500-24000, open the drain valve. This will drain the return line, reservoir, plate exchanger, and the suction side of the pump.

To drain the discharge side of the pump disconnect the Female NPT outlet connection on the rear of the chiller.

Note Internally the chiller does not contain a large quantity of fluid on the discharge side however take care to contain what fluid does drain, a wet-vac can be employed to minimize the potential for spillage.

If the chiller is equipped with the flow control or pressure relief with flow control option, open the valve or remove the drain plug in order to drain the discharge line, see Section 5.

If the chiller is equipped with the anti drainback option, enter the Setup Loop and utilize the drAin display to open the valve, see Section 4. Opening the valve allows the fluid to drain out of the chiller.

Reinstall ¼” Male NPT pipe plug using a sealant suitable for the wetted materials or close the Riton filling prior to refilling.

Do not overtighten the fitting.

For ThermoFlex7500-24000, close the drain valve.

WARNING

Figure 8-1 Drains

Brass plug (typical)

Riton connector

CAUTION

Section 8

8-2 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Water-Cooled Draining ThermoFlex1400 - 2500 water-cooled chillers is accomplished by removing the right side panel. Use a Phillips head screwdriver to remove the five screws indicated in the illustration below. Slide the panel back approximately one inch, then lift slightly from the rear to disengage the panel's two tabs from their slots.

Petcock Valve

The drain for ThermoFlex3500 and 5000 is located behind the condenser filter.

The drain for ThermoFlex7500 and 10000 is located behind the access panel on the lower left front of the chiller. The panel has two ¼ turn fasteners (cross head).

The drain for Thermoflex15000 - 24000 is a ¼" plug located on the rear of the chiller.

Figure 8-2 Water-Cooled

Install a 7/16" ID tube on the drain petcock valve located on the lower end of the exchanger. Open the valve to allow fluid to drain into an external device. When draining is complete close the valve and replace the panel.

A wet-vac is needed on the facility water inlet connection to thoroughly drain any remaining fluid from the lines.

Section 8

ThermoFlex 8-3 Thermo Scientific

Wetted Materials P 1 and P 2 Pumps300 Series Stainless SteelBronzeCarbon GraphiteCeramicFluorocarbon (Viton®)Polysulfone

TankPolyethyleneBrassEPDM Pyrex®

Plumbing300 Series Stainless SteelBronzeFluorocarbon (Viton®)NickelPolypropyleneEPDMBrassCopperTeflon®

PPS (flow transducer)Nitrile (Buna-n®)Riton® (optional drain fitting)Viton® (optional drain fitting o-rings)

Filter bagPolypropyleneMono-filament nylon

Cap and FunnelAcetal Copolymer

P 3, P 4 and P 5 Pumps316 Series Stainless SteelCarbonSilicon CarbideFluorocarbon (Viton®)

T 0 and T 1 PumpsStainless Steel AISI 304Bronze ASTM B62 Bronze ASTM B16Buna NBuna/CeramicBuna/Carbon

T 5 PumpsStainless Steel AISI 304Bronze w/monel CarbonBuna NCeramicBuna/Carbon

Section 8

8-4 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Internal Fluid Temperature Sensor

(rdt1) Calibration

The ThermoFlex has been designed to minimize the need for calibration. However, if calibration is desired or recommended by our Sales, Service and Customer Support, please use the following procedure.

This procedure requires a running chiller and a calibrated reference thermometer.

Note Uninsulated applications may cause the internal temperature and an external reference temperature to differ and to fluctuate. If inaccurate calibration is suspected, place the reference thermometer as close to the ThermoFlex process outlet as possible.

Note If it is more convenient, perform the low-end calibration before doing the high-end.

Do not pick calibration points that are outside the safe operating limits of the fluid in your application. For example with water, 40°C and 5°C are typical high and low calibration points.

Run the temperature to a suitable high-end calibration point. Place a calibrated reference thermometer in the reservoir. Ensure the fluid temperature is stabilized.

To enter the Calibration Loop ensure the controller display is displaying the process fluid temperature, see the diagram on next page. Press and hold the and then press the key. The display will indicate CAL.

Press the key and the controller will display rtd1. Press again and the controller will display r1 H (high-end calibration). Press again and the controller will flash between r1 H and the temperature. Use to adjust the temperature to match the reference thermometer.

Press the key again to accept the value.

Press the key until StorE is displayed, press to save the new value, press to not save it.

Note After pressing the button at the StorE prompt wait several seconds before proceeding to ensure that a bad calibration message (Er 16) does not appear. Premature use of the keypad after pressing may cancel the bad calibration error message.

Run the temperature to a suitable low-end calibration point. At the r1 L (low-end calibration) display repeat the procedure.

Section 8

ThermoFlex 8-5 Thermo Scientific

xx.x

xx.x

xx

xx

r1 H

r1 L

r1 H

r1 L

xx.x C

mode

rtd1

PrES1

Flo

r rtd

A in

Aout1

CALenter

enter enter

enter

enter

enter

StorE

mode

indicates the controller display is alternating between the two displays.

indicates press and hold.

Figure 8-3 Internal Temperature Sensor Calibration

Shaded displays only appear on chillers equipped with that option.

If you have any questions please contact Thermo Fisher Scientific's Sales, Service and Customer Support.

Section 8

8-6 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Process Fluid Pressure (P1)

Transducer Calibration

The ThermoFlex has been designed to minimize the need for calibration. However, if calibration is desired or recommended by our Sales, Service and Customer Support, please use the following procedure.

This procedure requires a running chiller, a calibrated reference pressure gauge and an external flow control valve.

Connect a calibrated reference pressure gauge to the outlet line. Using an external flow control valve, increase the pressure to a suitable high-end calibration point by closing the valve. Ensure the pressure is stabilized.

To enter the Calibration Loop ensure the controller display is displaying the process fluid temperature, see the diagram on the next page. Press and hold the and then press the key. The display will indicate CAL.

Press the key and the controller will display rtd1. Press until the controller displays PrES1. Press and the controller will flash between P1H and the pressure.

Use to adjust the rate to match the reference pressure gauge.

Press the key to accept the value.

Decrease the pressure to a suitable low-end calibration point (avoid a zero pressure). Ensure the pressure is stable.

The controller will flash between P1L and the pressure. Use to adjust the rate to match the reference pressure gauge.

Press the key and StorE is displayed, press to save both values, press to not save them.

Note After pressing the button at the StorE prompt wait several seconds before proceeding to ensure that a bad calibration message (Er 16) does not appear. Premature use of the keypad after pressing may cancel the bad calibration error message.

Section 8

ThermoFlex 8-7 Thermo Scientific

xx.x

xx.x

xx

xx

P1 H

P1 L

P1 H

P1 L

xx.x C

mode

rtd1

PrES1

Flo

r rtd

A in

Aout1

CALenter

enter enter

enter

enter

enter

StorE

mode

If you have any questions please contact Thermo Fisher Scientific's Sales, Service and Customer Support.

Figure 8-4 Pressure (P1) Calibration

indicates the controller display is alternating between the two displays.

indicates press and hold.

Shaded displays only appear on chillers equipped with that option.

Section 8

8-8 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

Optional Process Fluid Flow Transducer (FLo)

Calibration

The ThermoFlex has been designed to minimize the need for calibration. However, if calibration is desired or recommended by our Sales, Service and Customer Support, please use the following procedure.

This procedure requires a running chiller, a calibrated reference flowmeter and an external flow control valve.

Connect a calibrated reference flowmeter to the outlet line. Using an external flow control valve, increase the flow to a suitable high-end calibration point. Ensure the flow is stabilized.

To enter the Calibration Loop ensure the controller display is displaying the process fluid temperature, see the diagram on the next page. Press and hold the and then press the key. The display will indicate CAL.

Press the key and the controller will display rtd1. Press until the controller displays FLo. Press and the controller will flash between HiFLo and the flow rate.

Use to adjust the rate to match the reference flowmeter.

Press the key to accept the value.

Decrease the flow to a suitable low-end calibration point (avoid a zero flow rate). Ensure the flow is stable.

The controller will flash between LoFLo and the flow rate. Use to adjust the rate to match the reference flowmeter.

Press the key and StorE is displayed, press to save both values, press to not save them.

Note After pressing the button at the StorE prompt wait several seconds before proceeding to ensure that a bad calibration message (Er 16) does not appear. Premature use of the keypad after pressing may cancel the bad calibration error message.

Section 8

ThermoFlex 8-9 Thermo Scientific

If you have any questions please contact Thermo Fisher Scientific's Sales, Service and Customer Support.

Figure 8-5 Flow Transducer (FLo) Calibration

indicates the controller display is alternating between the two displays.

indicates press and hold.

xx.x C

mode

rtd1

PrES1

Flo

r rtd

A in

Aout1

CALenter

StorE

xx.x

xx.x

xx

xx

HiFLo

LoFLo

enter

enter

enter

mode Shaded displays only appear on chillers equipped with that option.

Section 8

8-10 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific

enter

enter

SEtuP

mode modemode

diA9

mode

mode

SP

mode Press within 10 seconds

FLtrS

StEPS 0enter

voLtS

xx.x

Beep

SEr1

Shipment Storage

Follow the manufacturer's MSDS instructions if decontamination is required.

Transporting and/or storing the chiller in near or below freezing temperatures requires draining, see Draining in this Section. Store the chiller in the temperature range of -25°C to 60°C (with packaging), and <80% relative humidity.

If the chiller is stored for more than 90 days it must be flushed with clean fluid before operating.

CAUTION

CAUTION

CAUTION

Clearing SEr1 Message

Press the down arrow (approximately 11 times) until StEPS is displayed.

Press and hold enter and then press the up arrow, the display will show 0.

Press the down arrow to return to the temperature display.

With SEr1 flashing press and hold enter and then press mode three times, the controller should beep.

Press the mode key until diA9 is displayed. Press enter.

ThermoFlex A-1 Thermo Scientific

Appendix A Country Specific 230 VAC, 50 Hz, 1Ø RequirementsRefer to the nameplate label located on the rear of the chiller for specific electrical requirements.

1. Chillers shipped to the following locations require a 16 Amp service:

Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Argentina, Armenia,Austria, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bolivia, Bosnia andHerzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia,Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Comoros,Congo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, DR Congo,Ecuador, Egypt, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Finland, France, FrenchGuiana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guinea, Hungary, Iceland,Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Italy, Ivory Coast, Jordan, Kazakhstan,Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Liechtenstein, Lithuania,Luxembourg, Madagascar, Mali, Mauritania, Moldova, Monaco,Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nepal, Netherlands, Niger,North Korea, Norway, Paraguay, Peru, Poland, Portugal, Romania,Russia, Rwanda, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, San Marino, SaoTome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovakia, Slovenia,Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria,Tajikistan, Thailand, Togo, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine,Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vatican City, Vietnam.

2. Chillers shipped to the following locations require a 15 Amp service:

Australia, China, Fiji Islands, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea,Solomon Island, Tonga, Tuvalu.

3. Chillers shipped to the following locations require a 13 Amp service:

Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Botswana, Brunei, Cyprus, Dominica,Gambia, Ghana, Gibraltar, Grenada, Hong Kong, India, Ireland, Kenya,Kiribati, Kuwait, Lesotho, Malawi, Malaysia, Maldives, Malta, Mauritius,Myanmar, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saint Lucia, Seychelles, SierraLeone, Singapore, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Swaziland, Tanzania, Uganda,United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom Yemen, Zambia, Zimbabwe.

ThermoFlex B-1 Thermo Scientific

Appendix B Voltage Configuration InstructionsThermoFlex 900 and 1400 chillers equipped with the 115V 60Hz, 100v 50/60Hz Variable Voltage option and ThermoFlex 900 to 5000 chillers equipped with 200-230V 50/60Hz Global Voltage option have a voltage configuration panel located on the rear of the chiller behind an access panel, see Figure B-1.

• Use a 1/4” socket to remove the four screws securing the access panel to the chiller.

• The configuration panel has two 3-position toggle switches, one for voltage and one for frequency. All chillers are shipped with the toggle switch in the center SHIP position. Place each switch to the settings that match the voltage/frequency supplied to the chiller.

Note For ThermoFlex900-2500 global voltage chillers, the compressor and fan will not operate when the switch is in the SHIP position.

• Reinstall the access panel.

Access Panel for 900 - 2500 chillers.

Access Panel for 3500 - 5000 chillers.

Variable Voltage chillers

Global Voltage chillers

Figure B-1 Variable/Global Voltage Chillers

mikedu
Rectangle
mikedu
Rectangle

ThermoFlex C-1 Thermo Scientific

Appendix C Analog I/0 and Remote Sensor

Analog I/O Connector PinoutInstall your analog input/output device to the 15-pin female connector on the rear of the chiller. Analog I/O is activated using the Setup Loop, see page C-3.

PIN NAME NOTES DEFINITION

1 DIGITAL GROUND Common round connection for pins 12, 13 and 14

2 Not Used

3 LOW LEVEL Note 1 Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. (Only if option chosen) Closes if either level switch is in the “low” position for more than 1 second.

4 CONFIGURABLE RELAY 2 Note 1 Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. Closes when any configured fault or warning occurs, see Table 2.

5 PUMP ON Note 1 Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. Closes when pump is turned on. Opens when pump is turned off.

6 ANALOG GROUND Common for analog signals (pins 2, 7 and 15)

7 RESERVOIR TEMP OUT Note 2 Analog Voltage Output 0-10VDC, 10mV/°C, or 4-20mA: Reference to pin 6. OR EXTERNAL SENSOR This voltage output is proportional to the reservoir fluid temperature: TEMPERATURE IF Default scale= 0–10V (where: 0V = Low Temp Span, 10V = Hi Temp Span) EXTERNAL SENSOR Optional Range = 10mV/ OC. (Ex: 200mV = 20°C) (Max Load @ 10V = 5mA) ENABLED or 4-20mA, 4mA = low temp span, 20 mA = high temp span (maximum output current = 5mA @10VDC.

8 LOW FLOW Note 1 Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. (Only if option chosen) Closes when a low flow occurs while the pump is on. Note: To allow the pump to get up to speed at startup, the pump runs for 3 - 5 seconds before the low flow sensor is read.

9 CONFIGURABLE RELAY 1 Note 1 Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. (Normally Open) Closes when any of the configured faults occur, see Table 1.

10 CONFIGURABLE RELAY 1 Note 1 Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. (Normally Closed) Complement of pin 9 (open when pin 9 is closed).

11 RELAY COMMON Common for all relay contacts (pins 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10).

12 REMOTE START Note 3 Connect to pin 1 to allow chiller to be remotely turned on/off through pin 14 ENABLE REMOTE START.

Note 1: All relay contacts (except for Pin 10) are normally OPEN when power is off. Pin 10 contacts are normally CLOSED when power is off. Relay contacts are rated: 24V AC/DC, 2A, <= 0.08 Ohm maximum each or 5A total for all relays combined, 1mA minimum, switching capacity: 48VA/48W (Resistive load only).

Note 2: Default = 0-10VDC

Note 3: Connect to digital ground (pin 1) using a low resistance connection (gold contact relay).

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

15 14 13 12 11 10 9

Thermo ScientificC-2 ThermoFlex

Appendix C

Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific

PIN NAME NOTES DEFINITION

13 REMOTE SETPOINT Note 3 Connect to pin 1 to allow the setpoint to be changed remotely through pin 15 ENABLE REMOTE SETPOINT.

14 REMOTE START Note 3 Connect to pin 1 to turn chiller on. Disconnect to turn chiller off. Note: Pins 1 and 12 must be connected to allow operation from this pin.

15 REMOTE SETPOINT Note 2, 4 Analog Voltage Input 0-10VDC, 10mV/°C, or 4-20mA: Reference to pin 6. Apply a DC voltage to this pin to adjust the chiller's setpoint: Default Range = 0 – 10V (where: 0V = Low Temp Span, 10V = Hi Temp Span) (Input Impedance > 600K) Optional Range = 10mV/ OC. (Ex: 200mV = 20°C) (Max Input Voltage = 10VDC, or 4-20mA, 4mA = low temp span, 20 mA = high temp span.

Note 1: All relay contacts (except for Pin 10) are normally OPEN when power is off. Pin 10 contacts are normally CLOSED when power is off. Relay contacts are rated: 24V AC/DC, 2A, <= 0.08 Ohm maximum each or 5A total for all relays combined, 1mA minimum, switching capacity: 48VA/48W (Resistive load only).

Note 2: Default = 0-10VDC

Note 3: Connect to digital ground (pin 1) using a low resistance connection (gold contact relay).

Note 4: Remote setpoint must be enabled, pin 13

Figure C-1 Analog I/0 Connector

When making your connection to the ThermoFlex Analog I/0 connector, in order to comply with the EMC directive:

• Use a shielded I/0 cable

• Connect the remote end of the cable shield to earth ground.

• Connect cable shield to ThermoFlex end connector.

A I/0 15-pin D-sub 15 conductor cable with shield

Connect shield to earth groundConnect shield to ThermoFlex connector

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 91 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 98 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

15 14 13 12 11 10 9

RS232 RS485

A I/O REMOTE SENSOR

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

15 14 13 12 11 10 9

Never apply line voltage to any of the connections. WARNING

Thermo Scientific

Appendix C

ThermoFlex C-3 Thermo Scientific

• rELAY is used to configure relay 1 (CodE 1) and relay 2 (CodE 2), see Tables 1 and 2 on the next page.

For example: To have just the drip pan, 4, and low temp, 8, error faults enabled for relay 1 you would enter their sum, 12, at the CodE 1 display. To have the tank overflow, 2, the low temp, 16, and high pressure, 1024, error faults enabled for relay 2 you would enter their sum, 1040, at the CodE 2 display.

This display depends on your chillerconfiguration, see Section 4.

Figure C-2 Analog I/0 Loop

xx.x Cxx.x C xx.x C xx.x Cxx.x C xx.x C

• r rtd is used to enable/disable the remote temperature sensor. See Table 3 for pin out information.

Note There is no other indication on the chiller that the remote sensor is enabled.

• r.Start is used to enable/disable the remote start/stop.

Note Enabling analog I/O remote start/stop disables the chiller’s local controller start/stop capability. Enabling analog I/O remote also overrides serial communications start/stop commands.

• r SEt is used to enable/disable the remote setpoint.

Note When remote setpoint is enabled a flashing dot will appear on the controller's display as shown below.

• AnAin is used to configure the analog voltage input type.Type 1: 0 - 10 VDC (Default)Type 2: 10 mV/°CType 3: 4 - 20 mA

• dAC is used to enable/disable the digital to analog converter. Once enabled, the desired output type can be selected.

Note The Type display only appears if dAC is set to on.

Type 1: 0 - 10 VDC (Default)Type 2: 10 mV/°CType 3: 4 - 20 mA

rELAY

CodE 1

CodE 2

enter

enter

xx

xx

xxxxx

xxxxx

enter

enter

r rtd

r.Start

r SEt

AnAin

dAC

dAC

----

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

on

on

on

on

tYPE1

tYPE1

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

OPt

Thermo ScientificC-4 ThermoFlex

Appendix C

Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific

Table 1 Configurable Relay #1 (CodE1)

Error Error Code Factory Default Low Level (option) LLF Enable 1 (Default)Tank Overflow o FLo Disable 2Drip Pan Full (option) driP Disable 4Low Temp Lo t* Disable 8High Temp Hi t* Disable 16Low Flow (option) LoFLo* Enable 32 (Default)High Flow (option) HiFLo* Disable 64Low Resistivity (option) Er 28* Disable 128High Resistivity (option) Er 30* Disable 256

High Pressure Hi P1* Disable 512Low Pressure Lo P1* Disable 1024Chiller Fault Any Fault Enable 2048 (Default)Pump/Chiller Shut Off Status bit(s) Disable 4096Refrigeration Shut Off Status Bit Disable 8192Limit Fault (option) PHEr, oL, LPC, HPC, Er 47, Er 48 Enable 16384 (Default)Sensor Fault Er 23, Er 24, Er 25, Er 26 Disable 32768 external sensor opened or shorted Default Relay Code 1 Display = 18465 (1 + 32 + 2048 + 16384 = 18465)

*Regardless of alarm setting - fault or indicator

Table 2 Configurable Relay #2 (CodE2)

Error Error Code Factory Default Low Level (option) Add Disable 1Tank Overflow o FLo Disable 2Drip Pan Full (option) driP Disable 4Auto Refill Error (option) rEFiL Disable 8Low Temp Lo t* Enable 16 (Default)High Temp Hi t* Enable 32 (Default)Low Flow (option) Lo FL* Disable 64High Flow (option) Hi FL* Disable 128Low Resistivity (option) Er 28* Disable 256High Resistivity (option) Er 30* Enable 512 (Default)High Pressure Hi P1* Disable 1024Low Pressure Lo P1* Disable 2048Indicator (warning) Any Indicator Disable 4096PM Timer (option) di, SEr 1 to 6 Disable 8192Communication Error Er 15, Er 41, Er 42 Disable 16384Sensor Fault Er 23, Er 24, Er 25, Er 26 Enable 32768 (Default) external sensor opened or shorted Default Relay Code 2 Display = 33328 (16 + 32 + 512 + 32768 = 33328)

*Regardless of alarm setting - fault or indicator

Thermo Scientific

Appendix C

ThermoFlex C-5 Thermo Scientific

Analog Input Calibration

– The HMI will display 0.50/0.050/4.00. Use the arrow keys to adjust the display to match the applied input voltage/current. Allow the analog input to stabilize, approximately 10 seconds.

– Enter the measured reference voltage/current using the HMI by pressing the key. The firmware will use this value and the theoretical analog input value

and those from the high end to calculate a linear gain and offset.

– If the gain and offset are acceptable, the calibration is accepted and the calibration is now valid at the low end. Otherwise, the calibration is rejected and a bad calibration error message (Er 16) is displayed.

Figure C-3 Analog Input Calibration Loop

xx.x

xx.x

9.50

0.50

Ai HiAi Hi

Ai Lo Ai Lo

xx.x C

mode

rtd1

Flo

CAL

enter

enter enter

enter

enter

enter

mode

r rtd

A in

Aout1

StorE

PrES1

The analog input uses a 2-point calibration. Depending on how the analog input is configured Type1, Type2 or Type 3, the HMI will display either volts, millivolts or milliamps. The calibration procedure is:

– Start with default high and low endpoints each consisting of a voltage/current value and a theoretical analog input value. This will permit calibration of either point first. Both ends must be calibrated for the entire calibration to be valid.

– Connect a 9.50v/0.400mv/20.00ma reference voltage/current source to the analog input, pins 6 and 15.

– The HMI will display 9.50/0.400/20.00. Use the arrow keys to adjust the display to match the applied input voltage/current.

– Allow the analog input to stabilize, approximately 10 seconds.

– Enter the measured reference voltage/current using the HMI by pressing the key. The firmware will use this value and the theoretical analog value and

those from the low end to calculate a linear gain and offset.

– The display will automatically go to the low calibration message. Press to calibrate the analog input at the low end.

– Connect a 0.50v/0.050mv/4.00ma reference voltage/current source to the analog input.

Thermo ScientificC-6 ThermoFlex

Appendix C

Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific

xx.x

xx.x

9.50

4.50

Ao Hi

Ao Lo

xx.x C

mode

rtd1

Flo

CAL

enter

enter enter

enter

mode

r rtd

A in

Aout1

StorE

PrES1

The analog output uses a 2-point calibration. Depending on how the analog output is configured Type1, Type2 or Type 3, the HMI will display either volts, millivolts or milliamps. The calibration procedure is:

– Start with default high and low endpoints each consisting of a voltage/current value and a theoretical DAC value. This will permit calibration of either point first. Both ends must be calibrated for the entire calibration to be valid.

– Connect a 9.50v/0.40mv/20.00ma reference voltage/current meter to the DAC output, pins 6 and 7.

– The HMI will display 9.50/0.40/20.00. Use the arrow keys to adjust the output to match the display of 9.50v/0.40mv/20.00ma.

– Allow the DAC output and voltage reading to stabilize, approximately 10 seconds.

– Enter the measured reference voltage/current using the HMI by pressing the key. The firmware will use this value and the theoretical DAC value and

those from the low end to calculate a linear gain and offset.

– The display will automatically go to the low calibration point.

– Use the arrow keys to adjust the output to match the displayed value. Allow the DAC output and voltage to stabilize, approximately 10 seconds .

– Enter the measured reference voltage/current using the HMI by pressing the key. The firmware will use this value and the theoretical DAC value and

Analog Output Calibration

those from the high end to calculate a linear gain and offset.

– If the gain and offset are acceptable, the calibration is accepted and the calibration is now valid at the low end. Otherwise, the calibration is rejected and a bad calibration error message (Er 16) is displayed.

Figure C-4 Analog Output Calibration Loop

Thermo Scientific

Appendix C

ThermoFlex C-7 Thermo Scientific

Table 3

Pin

1 White 2 NA 3 NA 4 White 5 NA 6 NA 7 Red 8 NA 9 Red (4th wire not connected to the control board)

Figure C-5 Remote Sensor Connector

Remote Sensor Connector Pinout

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 91 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 98 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

15 14 13 12 11 10 9

RS232 RS485

A I/O REMOTE SENSOR

Never apply line voltage to any of the connections. WARNINGWhen operating a ThermoFlex7500-10000 with the remote sensor enabled ensure the chiller's response to lowering the setpoint does not result in operation below 10°C process temperature. Operation below 10°C requires the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water.

CAUTION

Thermo ScientificC-8 ThermoFlex

Appendix C

Thermo Scientific

Press the key again to accept the value.

Place the remote sensor and calibrated reference thermometer in a low temperature reservoir. At the rtd L (low-end calibration) display repeat the procedure.

After the low-end calibration is accepted StorE is displayed. Press the up arrow to accept the calibration, press the down arrow key to not accept it.

Note After pressing the up arrow button at the StorE prompt wait several seconds before proceeding to ensure that a bad calibration message (Er 16) does not appear. Premature use of the keypad after pressing the up arrow may cancel the bad calibration error message.

Remote Sensor Calibration

Figure C-6 Remote Sensor Calibration Loop

xx.x

xx.x

xx.x

xx.x

Rdt Hrtd H

rtd L rdt L

xx.x C

mode

rtd1

Flo

CAL

enter

enter enter

enter

enter

enter

mode

r rtd

A in

Aout1

StorE

PrES1

This procedure requires a running chiller and a calibrated reference thermometer.

Note If it is more convenient, perform the low-end calibration before doing the high-end.

Do not pick calibration points that are outside the safe operating limits of the fluid in your application. For example with water, 40°C and 5°C are typical high and low calibration points.

Place the remote sensor and a calibrated reference thermometer in the high temperature remote reservoir. Ensure the fluid temperature is stabilized.

Press the key and the controller will display rtd H. Press again and the controller will flash between rtd H and the temperature. Use the arrow keys to adjust the temperature to match the reference thermometer.

ThermoFlex D-1 Thermo Scientific

Appendix D NC Serial Communications Protocol

Note Appendix D assumes you have a basic understanding of communications protocols.

Never apply line voltage to any of the connections.

Connect your PC to the applicable connector on the rear of the chiller. Use the Setup Loop, see Section 4, to enable serial communications.

Note Keypad operation is still available with serial communications enabled.

• SEr is used to enable/disable and to configure serial communications.Range: oFF, rS232, rS485 Default: oFF

This display depends on your chillerconfiguration, see Section 4.

Figure D-1 Connectors

Figure D-2 Serial Communications Loop

BAud

StoP

dAtA

PAr

uid

----

SEr SEr

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

xxxx

8

xxxx

x

xx

xx

enter

enter

enter

enter

enter

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 91 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 98 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

15 14 13 12 11 10 9

RS232 RS485

A I/O REMOTE SENSOR

• BAud is used to select the baud rate (speed) for serial communications.Range: 9600, 4800, 2400, 1200, 600, or 300 bits per second Default: 9600

• dAtA is used to display the number of data bits.Range: Fixed at 8

• StoP is used to indicate the number of stop bits.Range: 2 or 1 Default: 1

• PAr is used as a means to check for communication errors.Range: even, odd, or none Default: none

• u id (chiller id) is used in RS485 only. Identifies devices connected to the RS 485 port.Range: 1 to 99 Default: 1

Note: To prevent data errors limit the number of chillers to 32.

WARNING

Thermo ScientificD-2 ThermoFlex

Appendix D

Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific

RS-232 COMM RS-485 COMM

Pin # Function Pin # Function

1 No connection 1-7 No connection

2 TX 8 T+

3 RX 9 T-

4 No connection

5 GND = Signal ground

6 - 9 No connection

TX = Transmitted data from controller RX = Received data to controller.

Hardware Mating Connector AMP Part# 745492-2 or equivalent

All data is sent and received in binary form, do not use ASCII. In the following pages the binary data is represented in hexadecimal (hex) format.

The NC Serial Communications Protocol is based on a master-slave model. The master is a host computer, while the slave is the chiller's controller. Only the master can initiate a communications transaction (half-duplex). The slave ends the transaction by responding to the master’s query. The protocol uses RS-232/RS-485 serial interface with the default parameters: 9600 baud, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, and no parity. RS-485 offers a slave address selection, default parameter: 1.

The chiller can be controlled through your computer’s serial port by using the chiller's standard female 9-pin connection.

Communication cables are available from Thermo Fisher. Contact us for additional information.

5 4 3 2 1

9 8 7 6

All commands must be entered in the exact format shown in the tables on the following pages. The tables show all commands available, their format and responses. Controller responses are either the requested data or an error message. The controller response must be received before the host sends the next command.

The host sends a command embedded in a single communications packet, then waits for the controller’s response. If the command is not understood or the checksums do not agree, the controller responds with an error command. Otherwise, the controller responds with the requested data. If the controller fails to respond within 1 second, the host should resend the command.

Thermo Scientific

Appendix D

ThermoFlex D-3 Thermo Scientific

Note All byte values are shown in hex, hex represents the binary values that must be sent to the chiller. Do not use ASCII.

The framing of the communications packet in both directions is:

Checksum region

Lead char Addr-MSB Addr-LSB Command n d-bytes d-byte 1 ... d-byte n Checksum

Lead char 0xCA (RS-232) 0xCC (RS-485) Device address is 1 (RS-232)Addr-msb Most significant byte of slave address (RS-232: 0)Addr-lsb Least significant byte of slave address (RS-232: 1)Command Command byte (see Table of Commands)n d-bytes Number of data bytes to follow d-byte 1 1st data byte (the qualifier byte is considered a data byte)... ...d-byte n nth data byte.Checksum Bitwise inversion of the 1 byte sum of bytes beginning with the most significant address byte and ending with the byte preceding the checksum. (To perform a bitwise inversion, "exclusive OR" the one byte sum with FF hex.)

When a command has no value associated with it (e.g., REQ ACK), “n d-bytes” will be set to 0. Values such as temperature and flow are sent as either 2 or 4 byte signed integers, depending on how they are stored in the controller RAM.

When the controller sends a value, a qualifier byte is sent first, followed by a 2 or 4 byte integer (the least significant byte is sent last). The qualifier indicates the precision and units of the value. The host does not send the qualifier byte; it must send the value using the correct precision, units and number of bytes. The host first inquires about a value it wants to change, then uses the number of data bytes and the qualifier byte it receives to generate the proper integer to send.

OxCA/OxCC

Thermo ScientificD-4 ThermoFlex

Appendix D

Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific

Analog Values

Qualifier Byteb.7 b.6 b.5 b.4 b.3 b.2 b.1 b.0

A qualifier byte of 0x12 indicated that the value contains one decimal point and the units are °F , e.g., 98.6°F.

Examples to set setpoint to 25°C:

A. The precision and units are 1°C; a 2 byte integer is used. If you already know this, skip to step 3.

1. Master sends: CA 00 01 70 00 8E (Request Setpoint 1)2. Slave responds: CA 00 01 70 03 01 00 14 76 Precision =1, units =°C, value=20 (20 x 1°C=20°C) Response indicates: uses a 2 byte integer (nn=03) precision and units are 1°C (d1=01)3. Master sends: CA 00 01 F0 02 00 19 F3 (Set Setpoint 1 to 25°C)4. Slave responds: CA 00 01 F0 03 01 00 19 F1 Precision =1, units =°C, value=25 (25 x 1°C=25°C)

B. The precision and units are 0.1°C; a 2 byte integer is used. If you already know this, skip to step 3.

1. Master sends: CA 00 01 70 00 8E (REQ SETPOINT1)2. Slave responds: CA 00 01 70 03 11 00 C8 B2 Precision =0.1, units =°C, value=200 (200 x 0.1°C=20.0°C) Response indicates: uses a 2 byte integer (nn=03) precision and units are 0.1°C (d1=11)3. Master sends: CA 00 01 F0 02 00 FA 12 (Set Setpoint 1 to 25.0°C)4. Slave responds: CA 00 01 F0 03 11 00 FA 00 Precision =0.1, units =°C, value=250 (250 x 0.1°=25.0.0°C)

See Additional Command Examples in this Appendix.

Unit of MeasureIndex Unit0 NONE1 Temperature in °C2 Temperature in °F3 Flow liters per minute4 Flow in gallons per minute5 Time in seconds6 Pressure in PSI7 Pressure in bars8 Resistivity in MΩ-cm 9 % 10 Volts 11 Pressure in kPa

Precision of measurement

Unit of measure index

Thermo Scientific

Appendix D

ThermoFlex D-5 Thermo Scientific

Table of Commands

Command M: Master Sends Notes S: Slave RespondsRequest Status

REQ ACK M: lc a1 a2 00 00 cs protocol version v1=0; v2=1 S: lc a1 a2 00 02 v1 v2 cs

REQ CONTROLLER SW VER M: lc a1 a2 02 00 cs Controller SW version in ASCII or FIRMWARE CHECKSUM S: lc a1 a2 02 nn d1 … dn cs

Example: Request SW version, controller returns 084992.2N1. Master sends: lc a1 a2 02 00 cs 2. Slave responds: lc a1 a2 02 0A 30 38 34 39 39 32 2E 32 4E 20 E4

Example: Request controller checksum, controller returns 20FA1. Master sends: CA 00 01 02 01 01 FA 2. Slave responds: CA 00 01 02 04 32 30 46 41 0F

REQ DISPLAY MSG M: lc a1 a2 07 00 cs Display message in ASCII S: lc a1 a2 07 nn d1 … dn cs

REQ STATUS M: lc a1 a2 09 00 cs see Request Status Table in this Appendix S: lc a1 a2 09 nn d1 … dn cs

ERROR M: Response Only! S: lc a1 a2 0F 02 en ed cs ed = Error Data en = Error Number 1: Bad Command 2: Bad Data 3: Bad Checksum See Error in this Appendix

Thermo ScientificD-6 ThermoFlex

Appendix D

Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific

REQUEST LOW ALARM VALUES

REQ LO FLOW1 M: lc a1 a2 30 00 cs Process Alarm S: lc a1 a2 30 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

REQ LO TEMP1 M: lc a1 a2 40 00 cs Process Alarm S: lc a1 a2 40 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

REQ LO ANALOG1 M: lc a1 a2 48 00 cs Pressure Process Supply Alarm S: lc a1 a2 48 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

REQUEST HIGH ALARM VALUES

REQ HI FLOW1 M: lc a1 a2 50 00 cs Process Alarm S: lc a1 a2 50 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

REQ HI TEMP1 M: lc a1 a2 60 00 cs Process Alarm S: lc a1 a2 60 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

REQ HI ANALOG1 M: lc a1 a2 68 00 cs Pressure Process Supply Alarm S: lc a1 a2 68 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

REQUEST MEASUREMENTS

REQ FLOW1 M: lc a1 a2 10 00 cs Process Fluid Flow S: lc a1 a2 10 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

REQ TEMP1 M: lc a1 a2 20 00 cs Process Fluid Supply Temperature (RTD1) S: lc a1 a2 20 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

REQ TEMP4 M: lc a1 a2 23 00 cs Remote Temperature (RTD4) S: lc a1 a2 23 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

REQ ANALOG1 M: lc a1 a2 28 00 cs Process Fluid Supply Pressure (P1) S: lc a1 a2 28 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

REQ ANALOG2 M: lc a1 a2 29 00 cs Refrigeration Suction Pressure (P2) S: lc a1 a2 29 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

REQUEST PID SETTINGS

REQ SETPT1 M: lc a1 a2 70 00 cs Process Fluid Setpoint S: lc a1 a2 70 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

REQ COOL P TERM1 M: lc a1 a2 74 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 74 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

REQ COOL I TERM1 M: lc a1 a2 75 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 75 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

REQ COOL D TERM1 M: lc a1 a2 76 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 76 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

Thermo Scientific

Appendix D

ThermoFlex D-7 Thermo Scientific

SET STATUS SETTINGS

SET KEYSTROKE M: lc a1 a2 80 01 d1 cs See Keystroke in this Appendix S: lc a1 a2 80 01 d1 cs

SET ON/OFF ARRAY M: lc a1 a2 81 nn d1 … dn cs See Set On/Off Array in this Appendix S: lc a1 a2 81 nn d1 … dn cs d1: 0 = OFF, 1 = ON, 2 = no change

SET LOW ALARM VALUES

SET LO FLOW1 M: lc a1 a2 B0 02 d1 d2 cs Process Alarm S: lc a1 a2 B0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

SET LO TEMP1 M: lc a1 a2 C0 02 d1 d2 cs Process Alarm S: lc a1 a2 C0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

SET LO ANALOG1 M: lc a1 a2 C8 02 d1 d2 cs Pressure Process Supply Alarm S: lc a1 a2 C8 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

SET HIGH ALARM VALUES

SET HI FLOW1 M: lc a1 a2 D0 02 d1 d2 cs Process Alarm S: lc a1 a2 D0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

SET HI TEMP1 M: lc a1 a2 E0 02 d1 d2 cs Process Alarm S: lc a1 a2 E0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

SET HI ANALOG1 M: lc a1 a2 E8 02 d1 d2 cs Pressure Process Supply Alarm S: lc a1 a2 E8 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

SET PID Settings

SET SETPT1 M: lc a1 a2 F0 02 d1 d2 cs Process Fluid Setpoint S: lc a1 a2 F0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

SET COOL P TERM1 M: lc a1 a2 F4 02 d1 d2 cs Cool P Term S: lc a1 a2 F4 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

SET COOL I TERM1 M: lc a1 a2 F5 02 d1 d2 cs Cool I Term S: lc a1 a2 F5 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

SET COOL D TERM1 M: lc a1 a2 F6 02 d1 d2 cs Cool D Term S: lc a1 a2 F6 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

Thermo ScientificD-8 ThermoFlex

Appendix D

Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific

Request Status Table

Basic

nn 4

b0 Chiller Running

b1 RTD1 open or shorted

b2 RTD2 open or shorted

d1 b3 RTD3 open or shorted

b4 High Temp fixed fault

b5 Low Temp fixed fault

b6 High Temp fault or warn

b7 Low Temp fault or warn

b0 High Pressure fault or warn

b1 Low Pressure fault or warn

b2 Drip Pan fault

d2 b3 High Level fault

b4 Phase Monitor fault

b5 Motor Overload fault

b6 LPC fault

b7 HPC fault

b0 External EMO fault

b1 Local EMO fault

b2 Low Flow fault

d3 b3 Auto Refill fault/ Low Level fault

b4 Sense 5V fault

b5 Invalid level fault

b6 Low fixed flow warn

b7 High pressure fault (set at factory)

b0 Low pressure fault (set at factory)

d4 b1 Chiller powering up b2 Chiller powering down

Thermo Scientific

Appendix D

ThermoFlex D-9 Thermo Scientific

Error

The slave detected an error in the message it received from the master, so it returns this command instead of echoing the command sent by the master. The slave returns the command it received from the master in the ed byte, and an error code in the en byte.

en Error1 Bad command – not recognized by slave2 Bad data3 Bad checksum

Some errors may not result in any response. The slave ignores incoming bytes until it sees the valid lead character and its slave address. Then it must receive the correct number of bytes (determined by the length byte) before it can respond. If an incomplete frame is received, the slave will time out and clear its input buffer without responding.

Set On/Off Array

This command is used to set the state of the chiller, on or off. Sending a 0 in the array turns off the chiller while sending a 1 turns it on. Sending a 2 does not change the state. The array is re-turned showing the state after the command has been carried out. Sending all 2’s effectively turns this command into a request status command.

nn 1d1 Chiller On/Off

Set Keystroke

This command is used to affect a keystroke remotely as if someone pressed the key on the HMI. Value 0 Null1 Enter2 Up/Yes3 Down/No4 Mode5 On/Off

Thermo ScientificD-10 ThermoFlex

Appendix D

Thermo Scientific

Set Special Commands

These commands are product specific.Master Sends: lc a1 a2 8D nn d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 cs

Slave Returns: lc a1 a2 8D nn d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 cs

Byte Master Slave

d1 Command byte

d2 Entered Value MSB

d3 Entered Value

d4 Entered Value

d5 Entered Value

d6 Entered Value LSB

Command Master sends Description Slave returns

0x00 CA 00 01 8D 02 d1 d2 cs Set analog option CA 00 01 8D 03 00 d2 d3 cs d1 = command byte = 00 d2 = analog option byte

0x80 CA 00 01 8D 01 80 cs Request PM status CA 00 01 8D 03 80 d2 d3 cs

Set analog option command

d2 analog option byte

b.6 - b.7 = unused b.4 - b.5 = DAC enable b.2 - b.3 = DAC out b.0 - b.1 = analog in

0 = voltage 0 = voltage 0 = voltage

1 = millivolt 1 = millivolt 1 = millivolt

2 = current 2 = current 2 = current

3 = no change 3 = no change 3 = no change

Eg. Command to enable DAC, set DAC out to Voltage and set Analog in to millivolt Master sends Slave returns CA 00 01 8D 02 00 11 5E CA 00 01 8D 02 00 11 5E

Eg. Command to set DAC out to current without changing DAC enable or analog in Master sends Slave returns CA 00 01 8D 02 00 3B 34 CA 00 01 8D 02 00 19 56

Laboratory Equipment Div. 25 Nimble Hill Road Newington, NH 03801

D of C 094026.1 Form 094233 DWG # 094026 REV 17 Apr 07

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

Manufacturer: Thermo Fisher Scientific Address: 25 Nimble Hill Road Newington, NH 03801 USA Products: Refrigerated chillers and heat exchangers. Year of inception 2008

We declare that the following products conform to the Directives and Standards listed below: Unit has a 15 digit part number consisting of UU C VV PP c XXXXXXX defined as follows: UU = Unit type can be: 10 = TF 900 11 = TF 1,400 12 = TF 2,500 13 = TF 3,500 14 = TF 5,000 15 = TF 7,500 16 = TF 10,000 17 = TF 15,000 18 = TF 20,000 19 = TF 24,000 C = Cooling type and Temperature Range and can be a 1-4 inclusive, where: 1 = Air Cooled Standard Temp ( 5-40°C ) 2 = Air Cooled Hi Temp ( 5-90°C ) 3 = Water Cooled Standard Temp ( 5-40°C ) 4 = Water Cooled Hi Temp ( 5-90°C ) VV = Unit voltage rating: UU = 10, 11, 12, 13 & 14 UU = 15, 16 & 17 UU = 18 & 19 10 = 115V, 60Hz 1Ph 17 = 200/208/230V, 60Hz 3Ph 17 = 208/230V, 60Hz 3Ph 100V, 50Hz 1Ph 200V, 50Hz 3Ph 11 = 100/115V, 60Hz 1Ph 18 = 400V, 50Hz 3Ph 18 = 400V, 50Hz 3Ph 100/115V, 50Hz 1Ph 20 = 200/208/230V, 60Hz 3Ph 12 = 208/230V, 60Hz 1Ph 200-230V, 50Hz 3Ph 200V, 50Hz 1Ph 21 = 460V, 60Hz 3Ph 21 = 460V, 60Hz 3Ph 16 = 230V, 50Hz 1Ph 400V, 50Hz 3Ph 400V, 50Hz 3Ph 20 = 200/208/230V, 60Hz 1Ph 200/230V, 50Hz 1Ph PP = Pump type, can be 10 through 25 inclusive. c = Unit controller type, can be any digit from 1-6, inclusive. X = Any digit from 0-9, used as sequential numbering only. Equipment Class: Measurement, control and laboratory

Directives and Standards: 2004/108/EC – Electromagnetic Compatibility ( EMC Directive ):

EN 61326-1: 2006 – Electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use – EMC requirements, EMC Class A

2006/95/EC – Low Voltage Directive ( LVD ): EN 61010-1: 2004 – Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use – general requirements. EN 61010-2-010: 2003 Particular requirements for laboratory equipment for the heating of materials.

Additional EMC Evaluations with Certificates: EN 61000-3-2: 2006 Harmonics EN 61000-3-3: 2008 Flicker

Manufacturer’s Authorized Representative: Date: __________________________ 15 September 2011 Robin Wiley Compliance Engineering

mikedu
Rectangle
mikedu
Rectangle

WARRANTY

Thermo Fisher Scientific warrants for 24 months (excluding MD 1/MD 2 Magnetic Drive and P 1/P 2 Positive Displacement pumps which are warranted for 12 months) from date of shipment the Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex chiller according to the following terms.

Any part of the chiller manufactured or supplied by Thermo Fisher Scientific and found in the reasonable judgment of Thermo Fisher to be defective in material or workmanship will be repaired at an authorized Thermo Fisher Repair Depot without charge for parts or labor. The chiller, including any defective part must be returned to an authorized Thermo Fisher Repair Depot within the warranty period. The expense of returning the chiller to the authorized Thermo Fisher Repair Depot for warranty service will be paid for by the buyer. Our responsibility in respect to warranty claims is limited to performing the required repairs or replacements, and no claim of breach of warranty shall be cause for cancellation or recision of the contract of sales of any chiller. With respect to chillers that qualify for field service repairs, Thermo Fisher Scientific’s responsibility is limited to the component parts necessary for the repair and the labor that is required on site to perform the repair. Any travel labor or mileage charges are the financial responsibility of the buyer.

The buyer shall be responsible for any evaluation or warranty service call (including labor charges) if no defects are found with the Thermo Scientific product.

This warranty does not cover any chiller that has been subject to misuse, neglect, or accident. This warranty does not apply to any damage to the chiller that is the result of improper installation or maintenance, or to any chiller that has been operated or maintained in any way contrary to the operating or maintenance instructions specified in this Instruction and Operation Manual. This warranty does not cover any chiller that has been altered or modified so as to change its intended use.

In addition, this warranty does not extend to repairs made by the use of parts, accessories, or fluids which are either incompatible with the chiller or adversely affect its operation, performance, or durability.

Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change or improve the design of any chiller without assuming any obligation to modify any chiller previously manufactured.

THE FOREGOING EXPRESS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

OUR OBLIGATION UNDER THIS WARRANTY IS STRICTLY AND EXCLUSIVELY LIMITED TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE COMPONENT PARTS AND Thermo Fisher Scientific DOES NOT ASSUME OR AUTHORIZE ANYONE TO ASSUME FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION.

Thermo Fisher Scientific ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR OTHER DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY, LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF THE CHILLER, LOSS OF TIME, OR INCONVENIENCE.

This warranty applies to chillers sold in the United States. Any chillers sold elsewhere are warranted by the affiliated marketing company of Thermo Fisher Scientific. This warranty and all matters arising pursuant to it shall be governed by the law of the State of New Hampshire, United States. All legal actions brought in relation hereto shall be filed in the appropriate state or federal courts in New Hampshire, unless waived by Thermo Fisher Scientific.

Thermo Fisher Scientific81 Wyman StreetP.O. Box 9046Waltham, Massachusetts 02454-9046United States

www.thermofisher.com